WO2024011428A1 - Cell handover method, communication device and storage medium - Google Patents

Cell handover method, communication device and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024011428A1
WO2024011428A1 PCT/CN2022/105287 CN2022105287W WO2024011428A1 WO 2024011428 A1 WO2024011428 A1 WO 2024011428A1 CN 2022105287 W CN2022105287 W CN 2022105287W WO 2024011428 A1 WO2024011428 A1 WO 2024011428A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cell
target cell
terminal
time advance
optionally
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/105287
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄钧蔚
Original Assignee
深圳传音控股股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 filed Critical 深圳传音控股股份有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/105287 priority Critical patent/WO2024011428A1/en
Publication of WO2024011428A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024011428A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and specifically to a cell switching method, communication equipment and storage media.
  • the network device provides one or more network cells with network signal coverage, and the terminal accesses the corresponding cell based on its own location to implement communication with the network device.
  • the location of the terminal changes, it may cause the connected network cell to change, that is, cell switching.
  • this application provides a cell switching method, communication equipment and storage medium, which avoids signaling overhead caused by the random access process, reduces the load of network equipment, and improves network communication quality.
  • This application provides a cell switching method, which can be applied to terminals (such as mobile phones).
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • S1 Determine the time advance of the target cell based on configuration signaling
  • S2 Based on the time advance, establish non-random access with the target cell.
  • the method further includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling is a radio resource control reconfiguration or a media access control layer control unit; the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell; the target cell The time advance is based on at least one confirmation of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and source cell ephemeris parameters.
  • the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells
  • step S1 includes: determining the time advance based on the ephemeris parameters and location information.
  • step S2 further includes: synchronizing with the target cell; after successful synchronization, sending uplink control to the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell and/or the physical layer parameters of the target cell. information, and/or receive downlink control information sent by the target cell.
  • the method further includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling also includes a valid period of time advance; when the configuration signaling includes the first switching for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with time-based conditional switching
  • the configuration signaling also includes a first moment and/or a second moment; when the configuration signaling includes a third moment for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based condition switching, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with switching.
  • the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval.
  • the method further includes at least one of the following: the location information of the terminal includes the global positioning navigation system position of the terminal; the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth. , the cell corresponds to the orbital parameters of the earth.
  • This application also provides a cell switching method, which can be applied to terminals (such as mobile phones).
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • the method further includes at least one of the following: the preset parameters include at least one of location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and source cell ephemeris parameters; the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell. community.
  • the neighbor cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters are determined by configuration signaling.
  • the method further includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling also includes a valid period of time advance; when the configuration signaling includes a first switching for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching in a time-based conditional switching
  • the configuration signaling also includes a first moment and/or a second moment; when the configuration signaling includes a third moment for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based condition switching, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with switching.
  • the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval.
  • step S10 includes: confirming a time advance based on preset parameters, and establishing non-random access with the target cell based on the time advance.
  • the method further includes: synchronizing with the target cell; after successful synchronization, sending uplink control information to the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell and/or the physical layer parameters of the target cell, and/or receive downlink control information sent by the target cell.
  • This application also provides a cell switching method, which can be applied to network equipment (such as base stations).
  • the method includes:
  • Send configuration signaling so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell through the configuration signaling, and establishes non-random access with the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell.
  • the method further includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling is a radio resource control reconfiguration or a media access control layer control unit; the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell; the target cell The time advance is based on at least one confirmation of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and source cell ephemeris parameters.
  • the configuration signaling includes the timing advance of the target cell
  • the method further includes: determining the timing advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameter of the neighboring cell and the location information of the terminal.
  • establishing non-random access with the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell includes: synchronizing the terminal with the target cell; after the synchronization is successful, based on the time advance of the target cell and/or target cell physical layer parameters, sending uplink control information to the target cell, and/or receiving downlink control information sent by the target cell.
  • the method further includes at least one of the following: the location information of the terminal includes the global navigation satellite system position of the terminal; the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth. , the cell corresponds to the orbital parameters of the earth.
  • the method further includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling also includes a valid period of time advance; when the configuration signaling includes a first switching for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching in a time-based conditional switching
  • the configuration signaling also includes a first moment and/or a second moment; when the configuration signaling includes a third moment for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based condition switching, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with switching.
  • the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, including: a memory and a processor, wherein a cell switching program is stored on the memory, and when the cell switching program is executed by the processor, any one of the above cell switching methods is implemented. step.
  • the communication device in this application can be a terminal (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a base station).
  • a terminal such as a mobile phone
  • a network device such as a base station
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of any of the above cell switching methods are implemented.
  • the terminal can receive configuration signaling and determine the time advance of the target cell based on the configuration signaling; based on the time advance of the target cell, and the target cell Establish no random access.
  • the terminal when performing cell switching, can obtain the time advance of the target cell based on the received configuration information, thereby realizing cell switching without random access and avoiding the signal loss caused by the random access process.
  • the overhead can be reduced, which can reduce the load of network equipment and improve the quality of network communication.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a mobile terminal that implements various embodiments of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a communication network system architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3A is a signaling diagram of a cell handover based on HO technology
  • Figure 3B is a signaling diagram of cell handover based on CHO technology
  • Figure 4 is an exemplary signaling diagram for performing a random access process
  • Figure 5 is another exemplary signaling diagram for performing a random access process
  • Figure 6 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the first exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the second exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method illustrated in the third exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a neighboring cell exemplarily shown in this application.
  • Figure 10 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the fourth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of configuration signaling provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method illustrated in the fifth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the sixth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the seventh exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the sixth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic flowchart of obtaining the timing advance of a target cell provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the seventh exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the eighth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 19 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the ninth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the tenth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 21 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the eleventh exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 25 is a structural diagram of a communication device shown in an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, third, etc. may be used herein to describe various information, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish information of the same type from each other.
  • first information may also be called second information, and similarly, the second information may also be called first information.
  • word “if” as used herein may be interpreted as “when” or “when” or “in response to determining.”
  • singular forms “a”, “an” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context indicates otherwise.
  • A, B, C means “any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C"; another example is, “ A, B or C” or "A, B and/or C” means "any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C". Exceptions to this definition occur only when the combination of elements, functions, steps, or operations is inherently mutually exclusive in some manner.
  • each step in the flow chart in the embodiment of the present application is displayed in sequence as indicated by the arrows, these steps are not necessarily executed in the order indicated by the arrows. Unless explicitly stated in this article, the execution of these steps is not strictly limited in order, and they can be executed in other orders. Moreover, at least some of the steps in the figure may include multiple sub-steps or multiple stages. These sub-steps or stages are not necessarily executed at the same time, but may be executed at different times, and their execution order is not necessarily sequential. may be performed in turn or alternately with other steps or sub-steps of other steps or at least part of stages.
  • the words “if” or “if” as used herein may be interpreted as “when” or “when” or “in response to determination” or “in response to detection.”
  • the phrase “if determined” or “if (stated condition or event) is detected” may be interpreted as “when determined” or “in response to determining” or “when (stated condition or event) is detected )” or “in response to detecting (a stated condition or event)”.
  • step codes such as S11 and S12 are used for the purpose of describing the corresponding content more clearly and concisely, and do not constitute a substantial restriction on the sequence. Those skilled in the art may S12 will be executed first and then S11, etc., but these should be within the protection scope of this application.
  • the communication device in this application can be a terminal or a network device.
  • the specific reference needs to be determined according to the description of the context. If the subject executing the method of this application is a terminal, it refers to the terminal. If the subject executing the method of this application is Network equipment refers to network equipment. If it is a terminal, the terminal can be a mobile terminal (such as a mobile phone). If it is a network equipment, the network equipment can be a base station, satellite, high altitude platform (HAPS, High Altitude Platform Station), or drone. (Unmanned Aerial Vehicle, UAV), etc.
  • HAPS high altitude platform
  • UAV Unmanned Aerial Vehicle
  • Mobile terminals can be implemented in various forms.
  • the mobile terminal described in this application may include mobile phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, PDAs, personal digital assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), portable media players (Portable Media Player, PMP), navigation devices, Mobile terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers, as well as fixed terminals such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • PMP portable media players
  • PMP Portable Media Player
  • Navigation devices Mobile terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers
  • Mobile terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers
  • fixed terminals such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
  • a mobile terminal will be taken as an example.
  • the structure according to the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to fixed-type terminals.
  • the mobile terminal 100 may include: an RF (Radio Frequency, radio frequency) unit 101, a WiFi module 102, an audio output unit 103, and a /V (audio/video) input unit 104, sensor 105, display unit 106, user input unit 107, interface unit 108, memory 109, processor 110, and power supply 111 and other components.
  • RF Radio Frequency, radio frequency
  • the radio frequency unit 101 can be used to receive and send information or signals during a call. Specifically, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is processed by the processor 110; in addition, the uplink data is sent to the base station.
  • the radio frequency unit 101 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc.
  • the radio frequency unit 101 can also communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication.
  • the above wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to GSM (Global System of Mobile communication, Global Mobile Communications System), GPRS (General Packet Radio Service, General Packet Radio Service), CDMA2000 (Code Division Multiple Access 2000 , Code Division Multiple Access 2000), WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), TD-SCDMA (Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access, Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access), FDD-LTE (Frequency Division) Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, Frequency Division Duplex Long Term Evolution), TDD-LTE (Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, Time Division Duplex Long Term Evolution) and 5G, etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication, Global Mobile Communications System
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • CDMA2000 Code Division Multiple Access 2000
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • TD-SCDMA Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access, Time Division Synchronous Code
  • WiFi is a short-distance wireless transmission technology.
  • the mobile terminal can help users send and receive emails, browse web pages, access streaming media, etc. through the WiFi module 102. It provides users with wireless broadband Internet access.
  • FIG. 1 shows the WiFi module 102, it can be understood that it is not a necessary component of the mobile terminal and can be omitted as needed without changing the essence of the invention.
  • the audio output unit 103 may, when the mobile terminal 100 is in a call signal receiving mode, a call mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, a broadcast receiving mode, etc., receive the audio signal received by the radio frequency unit 101 or the WiFi module 102 or store it in the memory 109 The audio data is converted into audio signals and output as sound. Furthermore, the audio output unit 103 may also provide audio output related to a specific function performed by the mobile terminal 100 (eg, call signal reception sound, message reception sound, etc.). The audio output unit 103 may include a speaker, a buzzer, or the like.
  • the A/V input unit 104 is used to receive audio or video signals.
  • the A/V input unit 104 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 1041 and a microphone 1042.
  • the graphics processor 1041 can process still pictures or images obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode. Video image data is processed.
  • the processed image frames may be displayed on the display unit 106.
  • the image frames processed by the graphics processor 1041 can be stored in the memory 109 (or other storage media) or sent via the radio frequency unit 101 or WiFi module 102.
  • the microphone 1042 can receive sounds (audio data) via the microphone 1042 in operating modes such as a phone call mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, and the like, and can process such sounds into audio data.
  • the processed audio (voice) data can be converted into a format that can be sent to a mobile communication base station via the radio frequency unit 101 for output in a phone call mode.
  • Microphone 1042 may implement various types of noise cancellation (or suppression) algorithms to eliminate (or suppress) noise or interference generated in the process of receiving and transmitting audio signals.
  • the mobile terminal 100 also includes at least one sensor 105, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors.
  • the light sensor includes an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor.
  • the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 1061 according to the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the proximity sensor can turn off the display when the mobile terminal 100 moves to the ear. Panel 1061 and/or backlight.
  • the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (usually three axes). It can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when stationary.
  • It can be used to identify applications of mobile phone posture (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games, magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; as for the mobile phone, it can also be configured with fingerprint sensor, pressure sensor, iris sensor, molecular sensor, gyroscope, barometer, hygrometer, Other sensors such as thermometers and infrared sensors will not be described in detail here.
  • the display unit 106 is used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user.
  • the display unit 106 may include a display panel 1061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • the user input unit 107 may be used to receive input numeric or character information, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the mobile terminal.
  • the user input unit 107 may include a touch panel 1071 and other input devices 1072.
  • the touch panel 1071 also known as a touch screen, can collect the user's touch operations on or near the touch panel 1071 (for example, the user uses a finger, stylus, or any suitable object or accessory on or near the touch panel 1071 operation), and drive the corresponding connection device according to the preset program.
  • the touch panel 1071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device and converts it into contact point coordinates , and then sent to the processor 110, and can receive the commands sent by the processor 110 and execute them.
  • the touch panel 1071 can be implemented using various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave.
  • the user input unit 107 may also include other input devices 1072.
  • other input devices 1072 may include but are not limited to one or more of physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, etc., which are not specifically discussed here. limited.
  • the touch panel 1071 can cover the display panel 1061.
  • the touch panel 1071 detects a touch operation on or near it, it is transmitted to the processor 110 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 110 determines the type of the touch event according to the touch event.
  • the type provides corresponding visual output on the display panel 1061.
  • the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 are used as two independent components to implement the input and output functions of the mobile terminal, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 can be integrated. The implementation of the input and output functions of the mobile terminal is not limited here.
  • the interface unit 108 serves as an interface through which at least one external device can be connected to the mobile terminal 100 .
  • external devices may include a wired or wireless headphone port, an external power (or battery charger) port, a wired or wireless data port, a memory card port, a port for connecting a device with an identification module, audio input/output (I/O) port, video I/O port, headphone port, etc.
  • the interface unit 108 may be used to receive input (eg, data information, power, etc.) from an external device and transmit the received input to one or more elements within the mobile terminal 100 or may be used to connect between the mobile terminal 100 and an external device. Transfer data between devices.
  • Memory 109 may be used to store software programs as well as various data.
  • the memory 109 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.;
  • the storage data area may Store data created based on the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc.
  • memory 109 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage device.
  • the processor 110 is the control center of the mobile terminal, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile terminal, by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 109, and calling data stored in the memory 109 , execute various functions of the mobile terminal and process data, thereby overall monitoring the mobile terminal.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 110 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor.
  • the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., and modulation
  • the demodulation processor mainly handles wireless communications. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 110 .
  • the mobile terminal 100 may also include a power supply 111 (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components.
  • a power supply 111 such as a battery
  • the power supply 111 may be logically connected to the processor 110 through a power management system, thereby achieving management of charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system. and other functions.
  • the mobile terminal 100 may also include a Bluetooth module, etc., which will not be described again here.
  • FIG. 2 is an architecture diagram of a communication network system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication network system is an LTE system of universal mobile communication technology.
  • the LTE system includes UEs (User Equipment, User Equipment) connected in sequence. )201, E-UTRAN (Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network, Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network) 202, EPC (Evolved Packet Core, Evolved Packet Core Network) 203 and the operator's IP business 204.
  • UEs User Equipment, User Equipment
  • E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core, Evolved Packet Core Network
  • UE201 may be the above-mentioned mobile terminal 100, which will not be described again here.
  • E-UTRAN202 includes eNodeB2021 and other eNodeB2022, etc.
  • eNodeB2021 can be connected to other eNodeB2022 through backhaul (for example, X2 interface), eNodeB2021 is connected to EPC203, and eNodeB2021 can provide access from UE201 to EPC203.
  • backhaul for example, X2 interface
  • EPC 203 may include MME (Mobility Management Entity, mobility management entity) 2031, HSS (Home Subscriber Server, home user server) 2032, other MME 2033, SGW (Serving Gate Way, service gateway) 2034, PGW (PDN Gate Way, packet data Network Gateway) 2035 and PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function, policy and charging functional entity) 2036, etc.
  • MME2031 is a control node that processes signaling between UE201 and EPC203, and provides bearer and connection management.
  • HSS2032 is used to provide some registers to manage functions such as the home location register (not shown in the figure), and to save some user-specific information about service characteristics, data rates, etc. All user data can be sent through SGW2034.
  • PGW2035 can provide IP address allocation and other functions for UE 201.
  • PCRF2036 is the policy and charging control policy decision point for business data flows and IP bearer resources. It is the policy and charging execution function. The unit (not shown) selects and provides available policy and charging control decisions.
  • IP services 204 may include the Internet, Intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem) or other IP services.
  • IMS IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem
  • the mobile terminal accesses the corresponding cell based on its own location to implement communication with network equipment.
  • the cell may be a meta-cell for non-terrestrial communication scenarios and/or terrestrial communication scenarios.
  • the meta-cell supports the decoupling of services and resources by default.
  • the layer 1 (L1, Layer 2) link (carrier/channel) changes, the layer 2 The (L2, Layer 2) transport service can remain in continuous service (in one possible implementation, the Layer 3 (Layer 3) connection service can also remain in continuous service), and the protocol function anchors in L2 and/or L3 remain unchanged
  • the protocol function anchors in L2 and/or L3 remain unchanged
  • smooth business continuity can be guaranteed to the greatest extent.
  • L2 can be the Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP, Service Data Adaptation Protocol), Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP, Packet Data Convergence Protocol), or Radio Link Control (RLC) in the wireless communication protocol architecture. ), Media Access Control (MAC, Media Access Control).
  • SDAP Service Data Adaptation Protocol
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • L3 can be Radio Resource Control (RRC, Radio Resource Control).
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the mobile terminal When the location of the mobile terminal changes, the cell to which the mobile terminal is connected may change, that is, cell switching.
  • the mobile terminal implements the cell switching process by executing a handover (HO) command.
  • the mobile terminal can also execute a switching command when preset switching conditions are met, that is, conditional handover (CHO).
  • Figure 3A is a signaling diagram of cell handover based on HO technology, including:
  • Step2 Handover Decision
  • Step3 Handover request (HANDOVER REQUEST);
  • Step4 Admission Control
  • Step5 Handover request response (HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE);
  • Step6 Radio access network handover initialization (RAN Handover Initiation);
  • Step7a Early status migration (EARLY STATUS TRANSFER);
  • Step7 Data sequence status migration (SN STATUS TRANSFER);
  • Step8 Radio access network handover is completed (RAN Handover Completion);
  • Step8a Handover successful (HANDOVER SUCCESS);
  • Step8b Data sequence status migration (SN STATUS TRANSFER).
  • the above process exemplarily shows the main steps to implement HO cell handover.
  • the handover of the mobile terminal from the source cell (Source gNB) to the target cell (Target gNB) can be realized.
  • the details of each step are as follows: The implementation method will not be described again here.
  • Figure 3B is a signaling diagram of cell handover based on CHO technology, including:
  • Step2 Handover Decision
  • Step3 Handover request (HANDOVER REQUEST);
  • Step4 Admission Control
  • Step5 Handover request response (HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE);
  • Step6 Radio Resource Control Reconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration);
  • Step7 Radio Resource Control Reconfiguration Complete (RRCReconfiguration Complete);
  • Step7a Early status migration (EARLY STATUS TRANSFER);
  • Step8 Condition switching is completed (CHO Handover Completion).
  • Step8a Handover successful (HANDOVER SUCCESS);
  • Step8b Data sequence status migration (SN STATUS TRANSFER).
  • the mobile terminal will receive the source cell-related handover configuration, which configuration includes the target cell access. Enter the parameters, and the terminal completes its own configuration according to the handover configuration, thereby achieving the purpose of handover from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the terminal needs to obtain the timing advance (Timing Advance, TA) of the target cell, and then adjust itself based on the timing advance to realize the handover process to the target cell.
  • Timing Advance Timing Advance
  • the way for the terminal to obtain the timing advance is usually by performing random access with the target cell. After successfully accessing the cell, the timing advance is generally configured through the media access control layer control unit.
  • FIG. 4 is an exemplary signaling diagram for performing a random access process.
  • the figure shows a contention-based (Contention Based Random Access, CBRA) four-step (4-step) random access.
  • the access process includes:
  • Step1 MSG1, Random Access Preamble
  • Step2 MSG2, random access response (Random Access Response);
  • Step3 MSG3, scheduled transmission (Scheduled Transmission);
  • Step4 MSG4, Contention Resolution.
  • FIG 5 is another exemplary signaling diagram for performing a random access process.
  • the figure shows a two-step (2-step) based on contention (Contention Free Random Access, CBRA).
  • the random access process includes:
  • Step1a MSGA, Random Access Preamble
  • Step1b MSGA, randomly sends the physical uplink shared channel payload (PUSCH payload);
  • Step2 MSGB, Contention Resolution.
  • the process of obtaining the time advance of the target cell by sending a random access request to the target cell requires multiple interactions between the terminal and the target cell, which will increase a large amount of signaling overhead and thus increase the load on the network equipment. , affecting the real-time nature and service continuity of network communications.
  • the terminal must successfully complete contention resolution (Contention Resolution) during the random access process to obtain access resources, complete the wireless resource control connection, and then further complete the interaction with the core network .
  • contention resolution Contention Resolution
  • the terminal receives the configuration signaling sent by the source cell and determines the timing advance of the target cell based on the configuration signaling. Then, based on the timing advance of the target cell, it directly
  • the random access (RACH-less) method completes the wireless access network handover initialization process and realizes cell handover, avoiding the signaling overhead caused by the random access process, reducing the load of network equipment, and accelerating the establishment of a connection with the target cell. Reduce the delay caused by handover and improve the quality of network communication.
  • Figure 6 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the first exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the cell switching method provided by this application is executed by a terminal, which can be connected to a network device.
  • the terminal can be, for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, and other devices capable of communication.
  • the cell switching method provided by this application includes the following steps:
  • the terminal receives configuration signaling.
  • the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the configuration signaling.
  • the above steps are the steps for the terminal to obtain the time advance of the target cell.
  • the configuration signaling is sent by the source cell where the terminal is currently located, and the configuration signaling includes information used to determine the time advance of the target cell.
  • the terminal can determine the timing advance of the target cell based on the configuration signaling sent by the source cell without sending a random access request to the target cell, thereby completing the radio access network handover process without random access.
  • the configuration signaling is Radio Resource Control Reconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration) signaling or Media Access Control Layer Control Element (MAC Control Element, MAC CE) signaling.
  • RRCReconfiguration Radio Resource Control Reconfiguration
  • MAC Control Element Media Access Control Layer Control Element
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell.
  • the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), physical uplink shared channel (Physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH); Physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), Physical downlink shared channel (Physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), Partial Bandwidth Part (BWP), Synchronization Signaling Block (SS) /PBCH block, SSB) resources, channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI-RS) resources, random access resources, frequency information, target cell identification code (cell id).
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • PDCCH Physical downlink shared channel
  • Physical downlink shared channel Physical downlink shared channel
  • BWP Partial Bandwidth Part
  • SS Synchronization Signaling Block
  • SSB Synchronization Signaling Block
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information-Reference Signal
  • the target cell may be a terrestrial cell (Terrestrial Network, TN) or a non-terrestrial cell (Non-Terrestrial Network, NTN).
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite (Staellite), a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
  • the time advance of the target cell is confirmed based on at least one of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris (Ephemeris) parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
  • Ephemeris neighboring cell ephemeris
  • the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell, that is, after the terminal connects to the target cell, the time of sending the signal needs to be advanced.
  • the time advance is the source cell based on the location information of the terminal and the target.
  • the cell ephemeris parameters of the cell are calculated and sent to the terminal through configuration signaling.
  • the terminal can directly adjust the advance of the sending signal time based on the received configuration signaling, that is, the time advance of the target cell.
  • the source cell calculates the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameter of the target cell.
  • the source cell calculates the timing advance between the terminal and the source cell based on the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameter of the source cell, and determines the sending timing advance based on the difference in the timing advance between the source cell and the target cell.
  • the terminal restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained timing advance difference.
  • the terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing time advance between the source cell and the obtained time advance.
  • the location information of the terminal is carried in a measurement report (Measurement Report, MR) or provided through terminal assistance information (UEAssistanceInformation, UAI) signaling.
  • MR Measurement Report
  • UAI terminal assistance information
  • the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling.
  • the above requirements include at least one of the following: expected to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) length, overheating Overheating assistance information, discontinuous reception parameters for power saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power saving preference, Secondary Component Sarrier for power saving preference, SCC) number, the maximum number of multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, the minimum scheduling offset of fast carrier scheduling for power consumption and energy saving preference, and the preferred RRC status , Grant auxiliary information, reference information, and terminal location information used for test link (Sidelink) communication configuration.
  • the configuration signaling includes parameters for determining the time advance of the target cell, optionally including at least one of adjacent cell ephemeris parameters and source cell ephemeris parameters.
  • the terminal After receiving the configuration signaling, the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and the source cell ephemeris parameters included in the configuration signaling.
  • the terminal calculates the time advance between the terminal and the target cell through its own position information and the target cell ephemeris parameters.
  • the terminal calculates the difference in timing advance by using the obtained difference in ephemeris parameters between the source cell and the target cell, and determines the terminal by adding the existing timing advance between the terminal and the source cell to the obtained difference in timing advance.
  • the time advance with the target cell is the time advance with the target cell.
  • the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameters of the cell earth.
  • non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc.
  • the spatial location of the non-terrestrial network cell optionally, is the actual location of the satellite, for example.
  • the location information of the terminal includes the terminal's Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) position or Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF (Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF) position.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • ECEF Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF
  • S013 The terminal establishes non-random access with the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell.
  • the terminal after determining the timing advance of the target cell, the terminal adjusts based on the timing advance of the target cell and completes the initialization process, that is, it can switch to the target cell in a random access (RACH-less) manner.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes the physical layer parameters of the target cell. Based on the time advance of the target cell, the specific implementation steps of switching to the target cell in a non-random access mode include:
  • S0131 Synchronize with the target cell based on the physical layer parameters corresponding to the target cell.
  • S0132 After successful synchronization, send uplink control information to the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell, and/or receive downlink control information sent by the target cell.
  • the downlink control information is Downlink Control Information (DCI)
  • the uplink control information is Uplink Control Information (UCI).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • UCI Uplink Control Information
  • the terminal After the terminal obtains the time advance of the target cell, it determines the time advance according to the configured time advance and the physical layer of the target cell. Parameters perform RACH-less HO.
  • the terminal starts receiving DCI and sending UCI after synchronizing to the target cell to implement the process of handover to the target cell.
  • the terminal uses the physical layer configuration parameters of the target cell during the synchronization process, including: using the target cell before the synchronization process.
  • the physical layer configuration parameters of the cell are performed during synchronization of the target cell or the terminal uses the physical layer configuration parameters of the target cell after synchronization with the target cell.
  • Figure 7 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the second exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, it includes the following steps:
  • the terminal receives the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell, and the signaling includes the time advance of the target cell.
  • S022 The terminal obtains the time advance of the target cell according to the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell.
  • the above step is a step for the terminal to obtain the timing advance of the target cell.
  • the timing advance of the target cell may be determined by the source cell based on the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameter of the target cell, and Sent to the terminal through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling.
  • the terminal obtains and configures the time advance of the target cell by directly receiving the configuration signaling (radio resource control reconfiguration signaling) sent by the network device corresponding to the source cell, so that the terminal can advance the time based on the target cell. The traffic is switched to the target cell without random access.
  • S023 The terminal sends radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling to the source cell.
  • S024 The terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
  • radio resource control reconfiguration signaling is a message sent by the source cell to the terminal to implement cell handover.
  • the terminal can obtain the connection parameters of the target cell based on the information in the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling (but not Including information related to the amount of advance time of the target cell), it is necessary to continue to initiate random access requests in order to complete the reconfiguration process before cell handover.
  • the terminal can directly obtain the advance time of the target cell from the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling, thereby eliminating the need for random access. process.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration complete (RRCReconfigurationComplete) signaling is sent to the source cell to complete the reconfiguration process of the terminal by the source cell.
  • the terminal continues to perform steps such as synchronizing with the network equipment corresponding to the target cell, and then implements handover from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the terminal sends radio resource control reconfiguration signaling to complete cell switching after synchronizing with the target cell.
  • the terminal fails to perform handover to the target cell without random access using the time advance amount, it switches to the target cell in a random access manner.
  • Figure 8 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the third exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, it includes the following steps:
  • the terminal receives the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell, which contains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • S032 The terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells included in the signaling.
  • S031-S032 are the steps for the terminal to determine the target cell time advance.
  • the terminal receives the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell, and uses the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling to The ephemeris parameters of the included cells determine the time advance of the target cell.
  • the target cell is a neighboring cell of the source cell, that is, a neighbor cell.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a neighboring cell exemplarily shown in this application. As shown in Figure 9, the neighboring cell refers to the neighboring cell of the source cell where the terminal is currently located.
  • the source cell interacts with the neighboring cell so that the source cell Obtain the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells or the source cell obtains the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells through the ground station (Gateway).
  • the target cell is generated from a neighboring cell.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, and the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or conditional measurement parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • condition measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP), signal quality (Reference Signal Received Quality, RSRQ), and signal-to-interference&Noise Ratio (SINR).
  • RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality
  • SINR signal-to-interference&Noise Ratio
  • conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell.
  • the terminal determines the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell.
  • specific implementation methods of the above steps include:
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and neighboring cells based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell.
  • the terminal sorts the calculated distances and selects the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell for conditional handover.
  • the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the condition measurement parameters (signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio) obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell.
  • condition measurement parameters signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio
  • the terminal confirms the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
  • measure the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio as the target cell;
  • the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
  • the terminal jointly determines the conditional handover to be performed based on its own location information and ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell. target neighborhood.
  • the terminal jointly determines the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal strength of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition.
  • the signal quality of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the best signal quality is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition.
  • the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal strength of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition (signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal strength condition, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal quality of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions (signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal quality conditions, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition (the signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the above-mentioned cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition.
  • the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and the neighboring cells under each signal-to-noise ratio condition, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and selects neighboring cells whose results meet the signal conditions (threshold). After that, the terminal determines the results based on its own location information and the above conditions.
  • the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells according to the signal conditions are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the conditions, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
  • the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameter of the cell corresponding to the earth.
  • non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc.
  • the spatial location of the non-terrestrial network equipment corresponding to the cell optionally, for example, the actual location of satellites, high-altitude platforms, and drones.
  • the location information of the terminal includes the terminal's Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) location or Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF (Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF) position.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • ECEF Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF
  • S033 The terminal sends radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling to the source cell.
  • S034 The terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
  • the terminal can directly or indirectly obtain the ephemeris parameters of the target cell from the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling, and then based on its own location
  • the information and the ephemeris parameters of the target cell determine the time advance of the target cell. This eliminates the need for random access.
  • radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling is sent to the target cell to complete the reconfiguration process of the terminal by the network equipment corresponding to the source cell.
  • the specific implementation process is similar to step S024 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and will not be described again here.
  • the terminal obtains the time advance of the target cell through the matching relationship between the ephemeris parameter and the location information, so that the terminal can switch to the target cell without random access based on the time advance of the target cell.
  • Figure 10 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the fourth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the cell switching method provided by this application is executed by a terminal, which can be connected to a network device.
  • the terminal can be a mobile phone, tablet computer, wearable device, or other device capable of communication.
  • the cell switching method provided in this embodiment application includes the following steps:
  • the terminal receives configuration signaling.
  • S042 The terminal obtains the time advance effective period of the target cell according to the configuration signaling.
  • the time advance valid period refers to the valid time interval corresponding to the cell time advance. If the current time (such as system time) is within the time advance valid period, the time advance is valid; if the current time is within the time advance valid period, the time advance is valid. When the time advance is outside the effective time period, the time advance is invalid, and the terminal only switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner within the time advance effective time.
  • the time advance valid period of the target cell is provided by the source cell, or is provided by the target cell to the source cell, and optionally forwarded to the terminal through the source cell.
  • the time advance effective time is configured through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
  • the target cell may be a terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
  • the configuration signaling when the configuration signaling includes first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching in time-based CHO (Timer-based CHO), the configuration signaling also includes the first moment and/or the second moment. ;
  • the configuration signaling when the configuration signaling includes second handover information used to instruct the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based CHO (Location-based CHO), or instructs the terminal to perform cell switching with HO, the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval .
  • the first moment represents the starting moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell; the second moment represents the end moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell.
  • the first time is provided in the form of a specific system time
  • the second time is provided in the form of a difference.
  • the specific system time at the second time is obtained by adding the difference between the first time and the second time.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of configuration signaling provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the configuration signaling can be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal. After the terminal receives and parses the configuration signaling, if configured
  • the signaling includes the first handover information (shown as mode-1 in the figure), that is, instructing the terminal to perform cell switching in the Timer-based CHO mode.
  • the configuration signaling also includes the first time (shown as T1 in the figure) and the second time. (shown as T2 in the figure), the time advance effective period is indicated by the first moment and/or the second moment.
  • the configuration signaling includes the second handover information (shown as mode-2 in the figure), and the second handover information is conditional handover, that is, the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell handover in the Location-based CHO mode, a new timer indication is introduced The time advance valid period of the target cell, or the validity duration for UL sync information information is used to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell; if the second handover information is a general handover (that is, the source cell instructs the terminal in HO mode to perform cell handover), a new timer is introduced to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell, or validity duration for UL sync information is used to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell.
  • the second handover information is a general handover (that is, the source cell instructs the terminal in HO mode to perform cell handover)
  • a new timer is introduced to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell, or validity duration for UL sync information is used to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell.
  • the validity duration for UL sync information is the validity time indicated in the target cell system message.
  • the target cell system information may be non-terrestrial network specific system information (NTN specific system information), such as but not limited to: system message 19 (SIB19).
  • NTN specific system information such as but not limited to: system message 19 (SIB19).
  • the specific implementation of obtaining the time advance effective period of the target cell according to the configuration signaling includes the following steps:
  • the configuration signaling includes switching information
  • the configuration information also includes the first time and/or the second time, and the first time and/or the second time are the time advance valid period; and/ or,
  • the switching information is the second switching information, obtain the time advance valid period according to the validity duration for UL sync information or the timer information.
  • S043 The terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell.
  • the specific implementation method of switching to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell includes:
  • the configuration signaling also includes the time advance of the target cell, and the configuration signaling received by the terminal includes the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding time advance valid period.
  • Figure 12 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the fifth exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, it includes the following steps:
  • the terminal receives configuration signaling sent by the source cell.
  • the configuration signaling includes the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the corresponding time advance valid period.
  • the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells and the location information of the terminal.
  • S053 The terminal determines whether the time advance of the target cell is in a valid state based on the current system time and the time advance valid period.
  • the configuration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal also contains the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell and the time advance effective time corresponding to each neighboring cell.
  • the terminal After receiving the configuration signaling, the terminal first determines which The target cell, optionally, the terminal determines the target cell among the plurality of cells based on the preset judgment rules, and then obtains the ephemeris parameters of the target cell.
  • the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell
  • the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or conditional measurement parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • the condition measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP), signal quality (Reference Signal Received Quality, RSRQ), and signal-to-interference&Noise Ratio (SINR).
  • conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
  • the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell.
  • the terminal determines the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell.
  • specific implementation methods of the above steps include:
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and neighboring cells based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell.
  • the terminal sorts the calculated distances and selects the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell for conditional handover.
  • the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the condition measurement parameters (signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio) obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell.
  • condition measurement parameters signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio
  • the terminal confirms the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
  • measure the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio as the target cell;
  • the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
  • the terminal jointly determines the conditional handover to be performed based on its own location information and ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell. Target neighborhood.
  • the terminal jointly determines the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal strength of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition.
  • the signal quality of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the best signal quality is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition.
  • the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal strength of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition (signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal strength condition, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal quality of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions (signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal quality conditions, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition (the signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the above-mentioned cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition.
  • the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and the neighboring cells under each signal-to-noise ratio condition, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and selects neighboring cells whose results meet the conditions (thresholds). After that, the terminal determines the results based on its own location information and the above conditions.
  • the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the conditions, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal determines whether the time advance of the target cell is in a valid state based on the current system time and the time advance valid period. If it is in a valid state, the terminal makes adjustments based on the time advance of the target cell. And it switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner.
  • the specific implementation method is the same as that in the above embodiment and will not be described again. If it is in an invalid state, it means that the time advance of the cell has expired and no cell switching is performed.
  • time advance valid period By carrying the time advance valid period in the configuration signaling, time advance deviation caused by expiration is avoided, and the real-time performance and accuracy of the cell handover process of the terminal are improved.
  • network equipment can more effectively reserve non-random access resources and improve the effective utilization of resources.
  • the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
  • RRCReconfiguration also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell.
  • the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink shared channel, partial bandwidth , synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification codes.
  • the target cell may be a small terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
  • the source cell calculates the timing advance between the terminal and the source cell based on the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameter of the source cell, and determines the sending timing advance based on the difference in the timing advance between the source cell and the target cell.
  • the terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained time advance difference.
  • the terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing time advance between the source cell and the obtained time advance.
  • the location information of the terminal is carried in the measurement report or provided through terminal auxiliary information signaling.
  • the network device may require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling.
  • the requirements include at least one of the following: a desire to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception length, overheating auxiliary information, for function Discontinuous reception parameters for power consumption and energy saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power consumption and energy saving preference, number of second carriers for power consumption and energy saving preference, maximum number of multiple input and multiple output layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, and Fast carrier scheduling minimum scheduling offset, preferred RRC status, grant auxiliary information for test link communication configuration, provision of reference information, and terminal location information.
  • the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameter of the cell corresponding to the earth.
  • non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc.
  • the cell corresponds to the spatial position of the earth, optionally, for example, the actual position of the satellite.
  • the location information of the terminal includes the terminal's Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) position or Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF (Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF) position.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • ECEF Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF
  • Figure 13 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the sixth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the cell switching method provided by this application is executed by a terminal, which can be connected to a network device.
  • the terminal can be, for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, and other devices capable of communication.
  • the cell switching method provided by this application includes the following steps:
  • S061 The terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on preset parameters.
  • the preset parameters are parameters used to support the terminal device to switch to the target cell in a non-random access mode.
  • the preset parameters may be parameters that are required when the terminal device switches to the target cell in a non-random access mode.
  • the parameters used such as time advance, physical layer parameters of the target cell, etc.; can also be indirect information used to determine and generate the parameters that need to be used when the above-mentioned terminal equipment switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner, such as location information , ephemeris parameters, etc. Therefore, the terminal device can switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on preset parameters, thereby avoiding the problem of increased signaling overhead caused by the random access process and reducing communication delays.
  • the preset parameters may be sent by other terminal devices or network devices to the terminal device executing step S061, or may be generated at the terminal device based on user instructions or trigger instructions.
  • the preset parameters include at least one of location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
  • the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell.
  • Step S0611 Confirm the time advance based on preset parameters.
  • the preset parameters include a time advance.
  • the preset parameters include at least one of terminal location information, neighbor cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters. Based on at least one of the above information in the preset parameters, Determine the time advance. For the specific implementation process, please refer to the corresponding steps of determining the time advance in the embodiment shown in Figures 6 to 8, which will not be described again here.
  • Step S0612 Based on the time advance, switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner.
  • the specific implementation method of switching to the target cell in a non-random access manner includes: synchronizing with the target cell based on the physical layer parameters corresponding to the target cell; after the synchronization is successful, based on the physical layer parameters of the target cell Time advance, send uplink control information to the target cell, and/or receive downlink control information sent by the target cell; send radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling to the target cell to complete the cell handover process.
  • Figure 14 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the seventh exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the cell switching method provided by this application is based on the embodiment shown in Figure 13, and adds the step of obtaining preset parameters.
  • the cell switching method provided by this application includes the following steps:
  • S071 The terminal receives the configuration signaling sent by the source cell.
  • S072 The terminal obtains preset parameters according to the configuration signaling.
  • S073 The terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on preset parameters.
  • the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell.
  • the configuration signaling includes neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or source cell ephemeris parameters.
  • the preset parameters include the neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters, and the neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters are determined by configuration signaling.
  • the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell.
  • the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
  • the target cell may be a terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
  • the terminal restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained timing advance difference. The terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing time advance between the source cell and the obtained time advance.
  • the location information of the terminal is carried in the measurement report or provided through terminal auxiliary information signaling.
  • the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling.
  • the above requirements include at least one of the following: Desiring to increase/reduce the connection state discontinuous reception length, overheating auxiliary information, and power consumption.
  • Discontinuous reception parameters for energy-saving preference maximum aggregate bandwidth for power-saving preference, number of second carriers for power-saving preference, maximum number of multiple-input multiple-output layers for power-saving preference, fast speed for power-saving preference Carrier scheduling minimum scheduling offset, preferred RRC status, grant auxiliary information for test link communication configuration, provision reference information, and terminal location information.
  • step S073 is the same as step S061 in the embodiment shown in Figure 13
  • the implementation method is the same, please refer to the relevant introduction in Figure 13.
  • the preset parameters also include a valid period of time advance.
  • the configuration signaling further includes the first moment and/or the second moment.
  • the preset parameters when the preset parameters include second handover information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based condition switching, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with handover, the preset parameters also include a valid interval.
  • the valid period of the timing advance can be determined through configuration signaling.
  • the configuration signaling includes a valid period of the time advance, and/or the first moment and/or the second moment, and/or the valid interval.
  • step S073 includes: switching to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the valid period of the time advance.
  • Figure 15 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the sixth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the cell switching method provided by this application is executed by the network equipment corresponding to the source cell.
  • the network equipment can be connected to the terminal.
  • the network equipment can be a terrestrial network equipment, such as a base station, gNB, eNB, BS, or a non-terrestrial network equipment, such as Satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc.
  • the cell switching method provided by this embodiment application includes the following steps:
  • S081 The source cell determines the time advance of the target cell.
  • the target cell may be a terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a base station; correspondingly, when the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
  • the time advance of the target cell is determined by the network device based on the location information of the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic flowchart of obtaining the timing advance of a target cell provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 16, it includes:
  • S0813 Obtain the time advance of the target cell based on the location information of the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • the location information of the terminal is carried in a measurement report (Measurement Report, MR) or provided through terminal assistance information (UEAssistanceInformation, UAI) signaling.
  • MR Measurement Report
  • UAI terminal assistance information
  • the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling.
  • the above requirements include at least one of the following: expected to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) length, overheating Overheating assistance information, discontinuous reception parameters for power saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power saving preference, Secondary Component Sarrier for power saving preference, SCC) number, the maximum number of multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, the minimum scheduling offset of fast carrier scheduling for power consumption and energy saving preference, and the preferred RRC status , Grant auxiliary information, reference information, and terminal location information used for test link (Sidelink) communication configuration.
  • the source cell determines the target cell that matches the position of the terminal on the network device side by receiving the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells, and based on the location information and the ephemeris parameters of the target cell, Determine the time advance of the corresponding target cell, thereby improving the smoothness of the terminal switching to the target cell.
  • the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameters of the cell corresponding to the earth.
  • non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc.
  • the spatial location of the non-terrestrial network cell optionally, is the actual location of the satellite, for example.
  • the location information of the terminal includes the global positioning and navigation system position of the terminal or the geocentric fixed coordinate system.
  • the source cell sends configuration signaling to the terminal.
  • the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell, so that the terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
  • the network device After the network device determines the time advance of the target cell, it carries the time advance in the configuration signaling and sends it to the terminal, so that the terminal can make adjustments based on the time advance of the target cell included in the configuration signaling, so as to avoid random access. Switch the entry mode to the target community.
  • the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell.
  • the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
  • the terminal when the terminal fails to perform handover to the target cell without random access using the time advance amount, it switches to the target cell in a random access manner.
  • the steps performed by the network device also include:
  • the source cell sends SN status transfer signaling to the target cell.
  • the SN status transfer signaling contains the packet data convergence protocol sequence number (PDCP sequence number), so that the target cell can obtain the data transmission status of the source cell, so that after the terminal switches to the target cell, it can continue to transmit unfinished data.
  • PDCP sequence number packet data convergence protocol sequence number
  • the source cell determines the time advance of the target cell that matches the position of the terminal by receiving the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells, and sends the time advance of the target cell to the terminal for configuration.
  • the terminal no longer needs to perform random access steps, reduces the signaling overhead in the cell handover process, and improves the smoothness of the terminal's handover to the target cell.
  • FIG 17 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the seventh exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the cell switching method provided by this application is executed by the network device corresponding to the source cell.
  • the cell switching method provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • the source cell receives the location information reported by the terminal and obtains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • the source cell determines the first time advance based on the location information of the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • the source cell determines the difference time advance based on the first time advance and the time advance of the source cell.
  • the source cell sends configuration signaling to the terminal.
  • the configuration signaling contains the difference time advance, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the difference time advance, and determines the time advance of the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell without random access. Switch the entry mode to the target community.
  • the specific implementation manner of determining the first time advance amount in steps S091-S092 is the same as the method of determining the target cell time advance amount in the embodiment shown in Figure 16.
  • the first time advance amount in this embodiment is The time advance is the target time advance determined in the embodiment shown in Figure 16, which will not be described in detail here. For details, please refer to the introduction in the embodiment shown in Figure 16.
  • the time advance of the source cell is the time advance when the terminal accesses the source cell (that is, currently).
  • the source cell calculates the difference time advance by making a difference with the previously obtained first time advance, and sends the difference time advance to the terminal through configuration signaling, so that the terminal can restore the time advance based on the time advance of the source cell.
  • the target time advance is obtained, and then the system is adjusted based on the target time advance to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner. Since the signaling volume of the difference time advance is smaller than that of the target cell time advance, the target cell is sent to the terminal by transmitting the difference time advance and restoring it to the time advance of the target cell on the terminal side.
  • the time advance can reduce the network load and reduce the data transmission load.
  • the source cell calculates the timing advance between the terminal and the source cell based on the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameter of the source cell, and determines the sending timing advance based on the difference in the timing advance between the source cell and the target cell.
  • the terminal restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained timing advance difference.
  • the terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing time advance between the source cell and the obtained time advance.
  • the location information of the terminal is carried in a measurement report (Measurement Report, MR) or provided through terminal assistance information (UEAssistanceInformation, UAI) signaling.
  • MR Measurement Report
  • UAI terminal assistance information
  • the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling.
  • the above requirements include at least one of the following: expected to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) length, overheating Overheating assistance information, discontinuous reception parameters for power saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power saving preference, Secondary Component Sarrier for power saving preference, SCC) number, the maximum number of multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, the minimum scheduling offset of fast carrier scheduling for power consumption and energy saving preference, and the preferred RRC status , grant (Gtant) auxiliary information for test link (Sidelink) communication configuration, provide reference information, terminal location information
  • the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell.
  • the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
  • the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameters of the cell corresponding to the earth.
  • Non-terrestrial network equipment is, for example, satellites, high-altitude platforms, and drones.
  • the location information of the terminal includes the global positioning navigation system of the terminal.
  • FIG. 18 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the eighth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the cell switching method provided by this application is executed by the network device corresponding to the source cell.
  • the cell switching method provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • the source cell obtains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • the source cell communicates with neighboring cells.
  • the source cell sends a handover request (Handover Request) to at least one neighboring cell, and obtains a handover request response (Handover Request) returned by each neighboring cell. Acknowledge), and obtain the real-time ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cell from the handover request response.
  • the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell are pre-stored in the network equipment corresponding to the source cell, and synchronization is performed based on preset rules. For example, the source cell periodically synchronizes the ephemeris of neighboring cells at preset intervals. Parameters are synchronized.
  • the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameter of the cell corresponding to the earth.
  • non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc.
  • the spatial location of the non-terrestrial network equipment corresponding to the cell optionally, for example, the actual location of satellites, high-altitude platforms, and drones.
  • the source cell sends configuration signaling to the terminal.
  • the configuration signaling contains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell through the configuration signaling, and based on the time advance of the target cell, There is no random access method to switch to the target cell.
  • the source cell After the source cell obtains the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell, it carries the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell in the configuration signaling and sends it to the terminal.
  • the terminal After receiving the configuration signaling, the terminal can determine the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters included in the configuration signaling, and thereby obtain the time advance of the target cell. Afterwards, the terminal can adjust based on the timing advance of the target cell, and switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, and the terminal confirms the target cell terminal to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or conditional measurement parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • condition measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP), signal quality (Reference Signal Received Quality, RSRQ), and signal-to-interference&Noise Ratio (SINR).
  • RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality
  • SINR signal-to-interference&Noise Ratio
  • conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell.
  • the terminal determines the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell.
  • specific implementation methods of the above steps include:
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and neighboring cells based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell.
  • the terminal sorts the calculated distances and selects the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell for conditional handover.
  • the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the condition measurement parameters (signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio) obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell.
  • condition measurement parameters signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio
  • the terminal confirms the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
  • measure the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio as the target cell;
  • the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
  • the terminal jointly determines the conditional handover to be performed based on its own location information and ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell. Target neighborhood.
  • the terminal jointly determines the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal strength of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition.
  • the signal quality of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the best signal quality is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition.
  • the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal strength of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition (signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal strength condition, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal quality of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions (signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal quality conditions, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition (the signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the above-mentioned cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition.
  • the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and the neighboring cells under each signal-to-noise ratio condition, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and selects neighboring cells whose results meet the conditions (thresholds). After that, the terminal determines the results based on its own location information and the above conditions.
  • the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the conditions, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
  • the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell.
  • the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
  • the source cell obtains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells and sends the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells to the terminal through configuration signaling.
  • improve the stability of network equipment in scenarios where a large number of terminals access and at the same time enable terminals to determine the time advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells, achieve cell handover without random access, and reduce the cost of cell handover during the cell handover process. This reduces the signaling overhead and improves the smoothness of the terminal's execution handover.
  • Figure 19 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the ninth exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 19, the cell switching method provided in this embodiment application includes the following steps:
  • the source cell obtains the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell and the location information of the terminal.
  • the network device corresponding to the source cell obtains the location information of the terminal through the location information reported by the terminal; and the source cell further obtains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • the source cell sends a handover request to at least one neighboring cell, obtains a handover request response returned by each neighboring cell, and obtains the real-time ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cell from the handover request response.
  • the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell are pre-stored in the network equipment corresponding to the source cell, and synchronization is performed based on preset rules. For example, the source cell periodically synchronizes the ephemeris of neighboring cells at preset intervals. Parameters are synchronized.
  • the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameter of the cell corresponding to the earth.
  • non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc.
  • the spatial location of the non-terrestrial network equipment corresponding to the cell optionally, for example, the actual location of satellites, high-altitude platforms, and drones.
  • the location information of the terminal includes the terminal's global positioning navigation system location or geocentric fixed coordinate system.
  • the source cell determines the target cell based on the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the location information of the terminal.
  • the source cell determines the neighboring cell that best matches the terminal as the target cell based on the ephemeris parameter and the location information of the terminal.
  • the neighboring cell closest to the terminal is determined as the target cell based on the spatial position or the distance between the reference position of the network device (such as a satellite) corresponding to the neighboring cell and the position of the terminal.
  • the neighboring cell with the shortest time advance between the terminal and the neighboring cell is determined as the target cell.
  • the source cell sends configuration signaling to the terminal, and the configuration signaling includes the ephemeris parameters of the target cell, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell through the configuration signaling, and based on the time advance of the target cell, There is no random access method to switch to the target cell.
  • the ephemeris parameters of the target cell are obtained, and the ephemeris parameters of the target cell are carried in the configuration signaling and sent to the terminal.
  • the terminal can obtain the ephemeris parameters of the target cell included in the configuration signaling.
  • the terminal can directly calculate the time advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of the target cell and the terminal's own location information, and perform configuration based on the time advance of the target cell to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner.
  • the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell.
  • the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
  • the target cell may be a small terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
  • the time advance of the target cell is confirmed based on at least one of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
  • the location information of the terminal is carried in a measurement report (Measurement Report, MR) or provided through terminal assistance information (UEAssistanceInformation, UAI) signaling.
  • MR Measurement Report
  • UAI terminal assistance information
  • the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling.
  • the above requirements include at least one of the following: expected to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) length, overheating Overheating assistance information, discontinuous reception parameters for power saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power saving preference, Secondary Component Sarrier for power saving preference, SCC) number, the maximum number of multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, the minimum scheduling offset of fast carrier scheduling for power consumption and energy saving preference, and the preferred RRC status , grant (Gtant) auxiliary information, provide reference information, and terminal location information for test link (Sidelink) communication configuration.
  • the network device corresponding to the source cell first filters the neighboring cells based on the location information of the terminal to obtain the cell that best matches the terminal, that is, the target cell. After that, The ephemeris parameters of the target cell are sent to the terminal for configuration through configuration signaling, which reduces the data processing volume and calculation load on the terminal side, reduces the time-consuming calculation of the time advance of the target cell, and enables the terminal to operate in a non-random access manner. Switching to the target cell reduces the signaling overhead during cell switching and improves the communication quality of the terminal.
  • FIG 20 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the tenth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the cell switching method provided by this application is executed by the network device corresponding to the source cell.
  • the cell switching method provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • the source cell obtains the time advance effective period of the target cell.
  • the source cell sends configuration signaling.
  • the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding valid period, so that the terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance valid period of the target cell.
  • the time advance valid period refers to the valid time interval corresponding to the cell time advance. If the current time (such as system time) is within the time advance valid period, the time advance is valid; if the current time is within the time advance valid period, the time advance is valid. When the amount is outside the effective period, the time advance amount is invalid.
  • the time advance valid period of the target cell is provided by the source cell, or is sent by the target cell to the source cell, and optionally forwarded to the terminal through the source cell.
  • the target cell may be a terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
  • the configuration signaling when the configuration signaling includes the first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with time-based CHO, the configuration signaling also includes the first moment and/or the second moment; when the configuration signaling includes In the second switching information, the configuration signaling includes a valid interval.
  • the second handover information is a conditional handover (that is, the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in a location-based CHO manner), or the second handover information is a general handover (that is, the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell handover in a HO manner).
  • the configuration signaling also includes the valid interval.
  • the first moment represents the starting moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell; the second moment represents the end moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell.
  • the first time is provided in the form of a specific system time
  • the second time is provided in the form of a difference.
  • the specific system time at the second time is obtained by adding the difference between the first time and the second time.
  • the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal. If the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in the Timer-based CHO mode, the configuration signaling includes the first switching information, the first moment and/or the second moment, and the time advance is indicated by the first moment and/or the second moment. Valid period.
  • the configuration signaling also includes a newly introduced timer to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell.
  • the time advance validity period indicating the target cell is indicated by validity duration for UL sync information.
  • the configuration signaling also includes a newly introduced timer to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell.
  • the time advance validity period indicating the target cell is indicated by validity duration for UL sync information.
  • the newly introduced timer or validity duration for UL sync information is located in the target cell system message.
  • the target cell system information may be non-terrestrial network specific system information (NTN specific system information), such as but not limited to: system message 19 (SIB19).
  • the configuration signaling also includes the timing advance of the target cell.
  • the configuration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal includes the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding time advance valid period.
  • the terminal determines the validity of the time advance of the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding time advance effective period. If the time advance of the target cell is valid, for example, the current system If the time is within the time advance valid period of the target cell, then based on the time advance, the system will switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner; if the time advance is invalid, for example, the current system time is outside the time advance valid period of the target cell, Then it is switched to the target cell in a random access manner.
  • the specific implementation method is the same as the implementation method of enabling the terminal to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell as described previously in this embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • Figure 21 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the eleventh exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 21, the cell switching method provided in this embodiment application includes the following steps:
  • the source cell obtains the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the time advance valid period corresponding to each neighboring cell.
  • the source cell sends configuration signaling to the terminal.
  • the configuration signaling includes the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cell and the corresponding time advance valid period.
  • the terminal determines the target cell, determines the time advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells and the corresponding time advance valid period, and switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell. .
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes ephemeris parameters and/or condition measurement parameters of at least one neighboring cell.
  • the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or condition measurement parameters of the neighboring cell.
  • condition measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP), signal quality (Reference Signal Received Quality, RSRQ), and signal-to-interference&Noise Ratio (SINR).
  • RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality
  • SINR signal-to-interference&Noise Ratio
  • conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell.
  • the terminal determines the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell.
  • specific implementation methods of the above steps include:
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and neighboring cells based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell.
  • the terminal sorts the calculated distances and selects the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell for conditional handover.
  • the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the condition measurement parameters (signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio) obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell.
  • condition measurement parameters signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio
  • the terminal confirms the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
  • measure the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio as the target cell;
  • the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
  • the terminal jointly determines the conditional handover to be performed based on its own location information and ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell. Target neighborhood.
  • the terminal jointly determines the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal strength of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition.
  • the signal quality of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the best signal quality is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the filtering distance condition.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the filtering distance condition.
  • the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal strength of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition (signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal strength condition, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal quality of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions (signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal quality conditions, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition (the signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the above-mentioned cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition.
  • the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and the neighboring cells under each signal-to-noise ratio condition, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
  • the terminal measures the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and selects neighboring cells whose results meet the conditions (thresholds). After that, the terminal determines the results based on its own location information and the above conditions.
  • the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the conditions, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
  • the source cell obtains the ephemeris parameter of the neighboring cell and the corresponding time advance valid period. After that, each ephemeris parameter and the corresponding time advance valid period are set as a set of data in the configuration signaling, and the configuration signaling is sent to the terminal. After receiving the configuration signaling, the terminal obtains the ephemeris parameters and time advance validity time corresponding to each neighboring cell, and then first determines the target cell, and then determines the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters and time advance validity time of the target cell. Time advance amount.
  • a specific implementation method of determining the timing advance of the target cell please refer to the introduction in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 , which will not be described again here.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing device provided by this application is applied to a terminal or is a terminal.
  • the cell switching device 300 provided by this application includes:
  • the processing unit 3002 is configured to determine the timing advance of the target cell based on the configuration signaling
  • the access unit 3003 is configured to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
  • the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling
  • the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell
  • the target cell The time advance is determined based on at least one of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell.
  • the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
  • the target cell may be a small terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
  • the location information of the terminal is carried in the measurement report or provided through terminal auxiliary information signaling.
  • the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling.
  • the above requirements include at least one of the following: expected to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) length, overheating Overheating assistance information, discontinuous reception parameters for power saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power saving preference, Secondary Component Sarrier for power saving preference, SCC) number, the maximum number of multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, the minimum scheduling offset of fast carrier scheduling for power consumption and energy saving preference, and the preferred RRC status , Grant auxiliary information, reference information, and terminal location information used for test link (Sidelink) communication configuration.
  • the configuration signaling includes the timing advance of the target cell
  • the processing unit 3002 is specifically configured to: obtain the timing advance of the target cell through configuration signaling
  • the access Unit 3003 is specifically configured to: send radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling to the target cell to complete the cell handover process.
  • the access unit 3003 is specifically configured to: synchronize with the target cell based on the physical layer parameters corresponding to the target cell; after the synchronization is successful, based on the time advance of the target cell, synchronize to the target cell.
  • the cell sends UCI and/or receives DCI sent by the target cell.
  • the access unit 3003 uses the physical layer configuration parameters of the target cell before the synchronization process and performs synchronization of the target cell or uses the physical layer configuration parameters of the target cell after the terminal synchronizes with the target cell.
  • the location information of the terminal includes the GNSS position of the terminal or the geocentric fixed coordinate system
  • the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth.
  • the cell corresponds to the orbital parameters of the earth.
  • the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells.
  • the processing unit 3002 is specifically configured to: determine the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells and the location information of the terminal. The amount of time advance.
  • the processing unit 3002 restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained timing advance difference.
  • the processing unit 3002 restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing timing advance between the source cell and the obtained timing advance.
  • non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc.
  • the spatial location of the non-terrestrial network cell optionally, is the actual location of the satellite, for example.
  • the location information of the terminal includes the global positioning and navigation system position of the terminal or the geocentric fixed coordinate system.
  • the configuration signaling includes a timing advance valid period of the target cell.
  • the processing unit 3002 is specifically configured to obtain the time advance effective period of the target cell according to the configuration signaling.
  • the access unit 3003 is specifically configured to: switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell.
  • the configuration signaling includes the timing advance of the target cell and the corresponding timing advance valid period.
  • the configuration signaling also includes the valid period of the time advance; when the configuration signaling includes the first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with time-based CHO, the configuration signaling also includes the first moment. and/or the second moment; when the configuration signaling includes second switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching using location-based CHO, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching using HO, the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval .
  • the configuration signaling includes handover information.
  • the processing unit 3002 obtains the time advance valid period of the target cell according to the configuration signaling, it is specifically configured to: if the handover information is the first handover information, the configuration The information also includes the first moment and/or the second moment, and the first moment and/or the second moment are the time advance valid period; if the switching information is the second switching information, according to the validity duration for UL sync information Or the timer information obtains the time advance amount valid period.
  • the first time is provided in the form of a specific system time
  • the second time is provided in the form of a difference.
  • the specific system time at the second time is obtained by adding the difference between the first time and the second time.
  • the access unit 3003 when the access unit 3003 switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell, it is specifically used to: obtain the current system time. If the current system time is within the time advance of the target cell, Within the effective period of the time advance, the system switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance; if the current system time is outside the time advance effective period of the target cell, it switches to the target cell in a random access manner.
  • the configuration signaling contains the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the corresponding time advance valid period.
  • the processing unit 3002 is specifically configured to: according to the ephemeris parameter of the neighboring cell and the location of the terminal information to determine the time advance of the target cell.
  • the access unit 3003 is specifically configured to: based on the current system time and the time advance valid period, determine whether the time advance of the target cell is in a valid state. If it is in a valid state, based on the time advance of the target cell, there will be no random access. Switch to the target cell in the access mode; if it is in an invalid state, switch to the target cell in the random access mode.
  • the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, and the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or conditional measurement parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • the conditional measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio.
  • conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
  • the cell switching device 300 provided in this embodiment can execute the technical solutions of the method embodiments shown in any one of Figures 6 to 12. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be described again here.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the cell switching device 400 provided by this application is applied to the terminal or is the terminal. As shown in Figure 23, the cell switching device 400 provided by this application includes:
  • the access unit 4001 is configured to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on preset parameters.
  • the preset parameters include at least one of location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
  • the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell.
  • the access unit 4001 is specifically configured to: confirm the time advance based on preset parameters; and switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance.
  • the access unit 4001 when the access unit 4001 switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance, it is specifically configured to synchronize with the target cell based on the physical layer parameters corresponding to the target cell. After successful synchronization, send uplink control information to the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell, and/or receive downlink control information sent by the target cell; send a radio resource control reconfiguration completion message to the target cell. command to complete the cell switching process.
  • the cell switching device 400 also includes a receiving unit 4002, configured to: receive configuration signaling sent by the source cell; an access unit 4001, specifically configured to: obtain preset parameters according to the configuration signaling, and based on the preset parameters, Handover to the target cell without random access.
  • a receiving unit 4002 configured to: receive configuration signaling sent by the source cell
  • an access unit 4001 specifically configured to: obtain preset parameters according to the configuration signaling, and based on the preset parameters, Handover to the target cell without random access.
  • the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell.
  • the configuration signaling includes neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or source cell ephemeris parameters.
  • the preset parameters include the neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters, and the neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters are determined by configuration signaling.
  • the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell.
  • the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
  • the target cell may be a terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
  • the terminal restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained timing advance difference. The terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing time advance between the source cell and the obtained time advance.
  • the location information of the terminal is carried in the measurement report or provided through terminal auxiliary information signaling.
  • the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling.
  • the above requirements include at least one of the following: Desiring to increase/decrease the connected state discontinuous reception length, overheating auxiliary information, and power consumption.
  • Discontinuous reception parameters for energy-saving preference maximum aggregate bandwidth for power-saving preference, number of second carriers for power-saving preference, maximum number of multiple-input multiple-output layers for power-saving preference, fast speed for power-saving preference Carrier scheduling minimum scheduling offset, preferred RRC status, grant auxiliary information for test link communication configuration, provision reference information, and terminal location information.
  • the preset parameters also include a valid period of time advance.
  • the configuration signaling further includes the first moment and/or the second moment.
  • the preset parameters when the preset parameters include second handover information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based condition switching, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with handover, the preset parameters also include a valid interval.
  • the valid period of the timing advance can be determined through configuration signaling.
  • the configuration signaling includes a valid period of the time advance, and/or the first moment and/or the second moment, and/or the valid interval.
  • the access unit 4001 is specifically configured to: switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the valid period of the time advance.
  • the cell switching device 400 provided in this embodiment can execute the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in Figure 13 or Figure 14.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be described again here.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing device provided by this application is applied to the network equipment corresponding to the source cell or the network equipment.
  • the cell switching device 500 provided by this application includes:
  • the transceiver unit 5001 is configured to send configuration signaling, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell through the configuration signaling, and switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
  • the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling
  • the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell
  • the target cell The time advance is determined based on at least one of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell.
  • the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
  • the target cell may be a small terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS.
  • the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
  • the location information of the terminal is carried in the measurement report or provided through terminal auxiliary information signaling.
  • the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling.
  • the above requirements include at least one of the following: Desiring to increase/reduce the connection state discontinuous reception length, overheating auxiliary information, and power consumption.
  • Discontinuous reception parameters for energy-saving preference maximum aggregate bandwidth for power-saving preference, number of second carriers for power-saving preference, maximum number of multiple-input multiple-output layers for power-saving preference, fast speed for power-saving preference Carrier scheduling minimum scheduling offset, preferred RRC status, grant auxiliary information for test link communication configuration, provision reference information, and terminal location information.
  • the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell
  • the cell switching device 500 further includes a processing unit 5002, specifically configured to: based on the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells and the location information of the terminal , determine the time advance of the target cell.
  • the transceiver unit 5001 is also used to: receive the location information reported by the terminal; the processing unit 5002 is specifically used to: obtain the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells, and obtain the target according to the location information of the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • the time advance of the community is also used to: obtain the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells, and obtain the target according to the location information of the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameters of the cell corresponding to the earth.
  • non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc.
  • the spatial location of the non-terrestrial network cell optionally, is the actual location of the satellite, for example.
  • the location information of the terminal includes the global positioning and navigation system position of the terminal or the geocentric fixed coordinate system.
  • the transceiver unit 5001 is also used to send SN status transfer signaling to the target cell.
  • the SN status transfer signaling contains the packet data convergence protocol sequence number (PDCP sequence number), so that the target cell can obtain the data transmission status of the source cell, so that after the terminal switches to the target cell, it can continue to transmit unfinished data.
  • PDCP sequence number packet data convergence protocol sequence number
  • the transceiver unit 5001 is also configured to: receive the location information reported by the terminal and obtain the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells; the processing unit 5002 is specifically configured to: based on the location information of the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
  • the first time advance is determined based on the historical parameters; the difference time advance is determined based on the first time advance and the time advance of the source cell.
  • the transceiver unit 5001 is specifically used to: send configuration signaling to the terminal.
  • the configuration signaling contains the difference time advance, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the difference time advance, and determines the time advance of the target cell based on the difference time advance. Handover to the target cell without random access.
  • the transceiver unit 5001 is also configured to: obtain the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells; send configuration signaling to the terminal, where the configuration signaling contains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells, so that the terminal can pass the configuration
  • the signaling determines the time advance of the target cell, and switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
  • the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling.
  • the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell.
  • the terminal confirms the conditions to be executed based on the ephemeris parameter of the neighboring cell and/or the condition measurement parameter.
  • the target cell terminal for handover.
  • conditional measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio.
  • conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
  • the transceiver unit 5001 is further configured to: obtain the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the location information of the terminal; the processing unit 5002 is further configured to: obtain the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the location information of the terminal.
  • the location information of the terminal is used to determine the target cell; the transceiver unit 5001 is specifically used to: send configuration signaling to the terminal, and include the ephemeris parameters of the target cell in the configuration signaling, so that the terminal can determine the target cell in advance through the configuration signaling. amount, and switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
  • the transceiver unit 5001 is specifically configured to: obtain the time advance effective period of the target cell; send configuration signaling, where the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding effective period, so as to The terminal is allowed to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell.
  • the configuration signaling when the configuration signaling includes the first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with time-based CHO, the configuration signaling also includes the first moment and/or the second moment; when the configuration signaling includes In the second switching information, the configuration signaling includes a valid interval.
  • the second handover information is a conditional handover (i.e., the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in a location-based CHO mode), or the second handover information is a general handover (i.e., the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in a HO mode).
  • the configuration signaling also includes the valid interval.
  • the first moment represents the starting moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell; the second moment represents the end moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell.
  • the first time is provided in the form of a specific system time
  • the second time is provided in the form of a difference.
  • the specific system time at the second time is obtained by adding the difference between the first time and the second time.
  • the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal. If the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in the Timer-based CHO mode, the configuration signaling includes the first switching information, the first moment and/or the second moment, and the time advance is indicated by the first moment and/or the second moment. Valid period.
  • the configuration signaling also includes a newly introduced timer to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell.
  • the time advance validity period indicating the target cell is indicated by validity duration for UL sync information.
  • the configuration signaling also includes a newly introduced timer to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell.
  • the time advance validity period indicating the target cell is indicated by validity duration for UL sync information.
  • the newly introduced timer or validity duration for UL sync information is located in the target cell system message.
  • the target cell system information may be non-terrestrial network specific system information (NTN specific system information), such as but not limited to: system message 19 (SIB19).
  • the configuration signaling also includes the time advance of the target cell, and the configuration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal includes the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding time advance valid period.
  • the transceiver unit 5001 is specifically configured to: obtain the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the time advance valid period corresponding to each neighboring cell; and send configuration signaling to the terminal, where the configuration signaling contains The ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells and the corresponding time advance effective period.
  • the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters and/or condition measurement parameters of at least one neighboring cell, and the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or condition measurement parameters of the neighboring cell.
  • conditional measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio.
  • conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
  • the cell switching device 400 provided in this embodiment can execute the technical solutions of the method embodiments shown in any one of Figures 15 to 21.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be described again here.
  • Figure 25 is a structural diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 600 provided in this embodiment includes:
  • the computer program is stored in the memory 6001 and configured to be executed by the processor 6002 to implement the cell switching method shown in any of the above embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the cell switching method in any of the above embodiments are implemented.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the methods in the above various possible implementations.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a chip, which includes a memory and a processor.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program.
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device equipped with the chip executes the above various possible implementations. Methods.
  • a computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, e.g., computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wired link (e.g.
  • Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless means to transmit to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • Computer-readable storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or other integrated media that contains one or more available media. Available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk, SSD), etc.
  • the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or that contributes to the existing technology.
  • the computer software product is stored in one of the above storage media (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disc, optical disk), including several instructions to cause a terminal device (which can be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, a controlled terminal, or a network device, etc.) to execute the method of each embodiment of the present application.

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a cell handover method, a communication device and a storage medium. The cell handover method comprises: a terminal receiving configuration signaling, and determining a timing advance of a target cell on the basis of the configuration signaling; and establishing non-random access with the target cell on the basis of the timing advance of the target cell. In this embodiment, when performing cell handover, a terminal can obtain a timing advance of a target cell on the basis of received configuration information, such that cell handover is realized by means of non-random access, thereby avoiding the signaling overhead caused during a random access process, the load of a network device can be reduced, and the network communication quality can be improved.

Description

小区切换方法、通信设备及存储介质Cell switching method, communication equipment and storage medium 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,具体涉及一种小区切换方法、通信设备及存储介质。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and specifically to a cell switching method, communication equipment and storage media.
背景技术Background technique
一些实现中,网络设备提供一个或多个具有网络信号覆盖的网络小区,终端基于自身的位置接入对应小区,实现与网络设备之间的通信。当终端的位置发生改变时,可能导致所连接的网络小区的改变,即小区切换。In some implementations, the network device provides one or more network cells with network signal coverage, and the terminal accesses the corresponding cell based on its own location to implement communication with the network device. When the location of the terminal changes, it may cause the connected network cell to change, that is, cell switching.
在构思及实现本申请过程中,发明人发现至少存在如下问题:在非地面通信的场景下,终端在小区间切换时,需要通过随机接入的方式获得目标小区的TA,从而切换至目标小区。这种技术方案中随机接入过程会导致信令开销增加,影响通信质量。During the process of conceiving and implementing this application, the inventor found that there are at least the following problems: in a non-terrestrial communication scenario, when a terminal switches between cells, it needs to obtain the TA of the target cell through random access, so as to switch to the target cell. . The random access process in this technical solution will increase signaling overhead and affect communication quality.
前面的叙述在于提供一般的背景信息,并不一定构成现有技术。The preceding description is intended to provide general background information and does not necessarily constitute prior art.
申请内容Application content
为解决上述技术问题,本申请提供一种小区切换方法、通信设备及存储介质,避免了随机接入过程中导致的信令开销,可降低网络设备的负载,可提高网络通信质量。In order to solve the above technical problems, this application provides a cell switching method, communication equipment and storage medium, which avoids signaling overhead caused by the random access process, reduces the load of network equipment, and improves network communication quality.
本申请提供了一种小区切换方法,可应用于终端(如手机),所述方法包括以下步骤:This application provides a cell switching method, which can be applied to terminals (such as mobile phones). The method includes the following steps:
S1:基于配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量;S1: Determine the time advance of the target cell based on configuration signaling;
S2:基于所述时间提前量,与目标小区建立无随机接入。S2: Based on the time advance, establish non-random access with the target cell.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:所述配置信令为无线资源控制重配或媒体接入控制层控制单元;所述目标小区为非地面小区或地面小区;所述目标小区的时间提前量是基于终端位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项确认。Optionally, the method further includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling is a radio resource control reconfiguration or a media access control layer control unit; the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell; the target cell The time advance is based on at least one confirmation of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and source cell ephemeris parameters.
可选地,所述配置信令包括邻小区的星历参数,所述S1步骤,包括:基于所述星历参数和位置信息,确定所述时间提前量。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells, and step S1 includes: determining the time advance based on the ephemeris parameters and location information.
可选地,所述S2步骤,还包括:与所述目标小区进行同步;同步成功后,基于所述目标小区的时间提前量和/或目标小区物理层参数,向所述目标小区发送上行控制信息,和/或接收所述目标小区发送的下行控制信息。Optionally, step S2 further includes: synchronizing with the target cell; after successful synchronization, sending uplink control to the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell and/or the physical layer parameters of the target cell. information, and/or receive downlink control information sent by the target cell.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:所述配置信令还包括时间提前量的有效时段;当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于时间的条件切换进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻;当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于位置的条件切换进行小区切换,或者,指示终端以切换进行小区切换的第二切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括有效区间。Optionally, the method further includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling also includes a valid period of time advance; when the configuration signaling includes the first switching for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with time-based conditional switching When the configuration signaling includes information, the configuration signaling also includes a first moment and/or a second moment; when the configuration signaling includes a third moment for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based condition switching, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with switching. When switching information, the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:终端的位置信息包括终端的全球定位导航系统位置;所述星历参数包括以下至少一项:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、小区对应地球的轨道参数。Optionally, the method further includes at least one of the following: the location information of the terminal includes the global positioning navigation system position of the terminal; the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth. , the cell corresponds to the orbital parameters of the earth.
本申请还提供一种小区切换方法,可应用于终端(如手机),所述方法包括以下步骤:This application also provides a cell switching method, which can be applied to terminals (such as mobile phones). The method includes the following steps:
S10:基于预设参数,与目标小区建立无随机接入。S10: Based on the preset parameters, establish non-random access with the target cell.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:所述预设参数包括位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项;所述目标小区为非地面小区或地面小区。Optionally, the method further includes at least one of the following: the preset parameters include at least one of location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and source cell ephemeris parameters; the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell. community.
可选地,所述邻小区星历参数和/或源小区星历参数由配置信令确定。Optionally, the neighbor cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters are determined by configuration signaling.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:所述配置信令还包括时间提前量的有效时段;当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于时间的条件切换进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻;当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于位置的条件切换进行小区切换,或者,指示终端以切换进行小区切换的第二切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括有效区间。Optionally, the method further includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling also includes a valid period of time advance; when the configuration signaling includes a first switching for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching in a time-based conditional switching When the configuration signaling includes information, the configuration signaling also includes a first moment and/or a second moment; when the configuration signaling includes a third moment for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based condition switching, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with switching. When switching information, the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval.
可选地,所述S10步骤,包括:基于预设参数确认时间提前量,基于所述时间提前量,与目标小区建立无随机接入。Optionally, step S10 includes: confirming a time advance based on preset parameters, and establishing non-random access with the target cell based on the time advance.
可选地,所述方法还包括:与所述目标小区进行同步;同步成功后,基于所述目标小区的时间提前量和/或目标小区物理层参数,向所述目标小区发送上行控制信息,和/或接收所述目标小区发送的下行控制信息。Optionally, the method further includes: synchronizing with the target cell; after successful synchronization, sending uplink control information to the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell and/or the physical layer parameters of the target cell, and/or receive downlink control information sent by the target cell.
本申请还提供一种小区切换方法,可应用于网络设备(如基站),所述方法包括:This application also provides a cell switching method, which can be applied to network equipment (such as base stations). The method includes:
发送配置信令,使终端通过所述配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量,并基于所述目标小区的时间提前量与目标小区建立无随机接入。Send configuration signaling, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell through the configuration signaling, and establishes non-random access with the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:所述配置信令为无线资源控制重配或媒体接入控制层控制单元;所述目标小区为非地面小区或地面小区;所述目标小区的时间提前量是基于终端位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项确认。Optionally, the method further includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling is a radio resource control reconfiguration or a media access control layer control unit; the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell; the target cell The time advance is based on at least one confirmation of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and source cell ephemeris parameters.
可选地,所述配置信令包含目标小区的时间提前量,所述方法还包括:基于所述邻小区的星历参数和终端的位置信息,确定所述目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes the timing advance of the target cell, and the method further includes: determining the timing advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameter of the neighboring cell and the location information of the terminal.
可选地,所述基于目标小区的时间提前量,与目标小区建立无随机接入,包括:使所述终端与所述目标小区进行同步;同步成功后,基于所述目标小区的时间提前量和/或目标小区物理层参数,向所述目标小区发送上行控制信息,和/或接收所述目标小区发送的下行控制信息。Optionally, establishing non-random access with the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell includes: synchronizing the terminal with the target cell; after the synchronization is successful, based on the time advance of the target cell and/or target cell physical layer parameters, sending uplink control information to the target cell, and/or receiving downlink control information sent by the target cell.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:终端的位置信息包括终端的全球导航卫星系统位置;所述星历参数包括以下至少一项:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、小区对应地球的轨道参数。Optionally, the method further includes at least one of the following: the location information of the terminal includes the global navigation satellite system position of the terminal; the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth. , the cell corresponds to the orbital parameters of the earth.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:所述配置信令还包括时间提前量的有效时段;当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于时间的条件切换进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻;当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于位置的条件切换进行小区切换,或者,指示终端以切换进行小区切换的第二切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括有效区间。Optionally, the method further includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling also includes a valid period of time advance; when the configuration signaling includes a first switching for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching in a time-based conditional switching When the configuration signaling includes information, the configuration signaling also includes a first moment and/or a second moment; when the configuration signaling includes a third moment for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based condition switching, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with switching. When switching information, the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval.
本申请还提供一种通信设备,包括:存储器、处理器,其中,所述存储器上存储有小区切换程序,所述小区切换程序被所述处理器执行时实现如上任一所述小区切换方法的步骤。The present application also provides a communication device, including: a memory and a processor, wherein a cell switching program is stored on the memory, and when the cell switching program is executed by the processor, any one of the above cell switching methods is implemented. step.
可选地,本申请中的通信设备可以为终端(如手机),也可以为网络设备(如基站),具体所指需要结合上下文加以确定。Optionally, the communication device in this application can be a terminal (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a base station). The specific meaning needs to be determined based on the context.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如上任一所述小区切换方法的步骤。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of any of the above cell switching methods are implemented.
如上所述,本申请提供的小区切换方法、通信设备及存储介质,终端能够接收配置信令,基于所述配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量;基于目标小区的时间提前量,与目标小区建立无随机接入。这种实施方式中,终端在进行小区切换时,可以基于接收到的配置信息得到目标小区的时间提前量,从而以无随机接入的方式实现小区切换,避免了随机接入过程中导致的信令开销,可降低网络设备的负载,可提高网络通信质量。As mentioned above, with the cell switching method, communication equipment and storage medium provided by this application, the terminal can receive configuration signaling and determine the time advance of the target cell based on the configuration signaling; based on the time advance of the target cell, and the target cell Establish no random access. In this implementation, when performing cell switching, the terminal can obtain the time advance of the target cell based on the received configuration information, thereby realizing cell switching without random access and avoiding the signal loss caused by the random access process. The overhead can be reduced, which can reduce the load of network equipment and improve the quality of network communication.
附图说明Description of drawings
此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分,示出了符合本申请的实施例,并与说明书一起用于解释本申请的原理。为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,对于本领域普通技术人员而言,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate embodiments consistent with the application and together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the application. In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the following will briefly introduce the drawings needed to describe the embodiments. Obviously, for those of ordinary skill in the art, without exerting creative labor, Under the premise, other drawings can also be obtained based on these drawings.
图1为实现本申请各个实施例的一种移动终端的硬件结构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a mobile terminal that implements various embodiments of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络系统架构图;Figure 2 is a communication network system architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3A为基于HO技术的一种小区切换的信令图;Figure 3A is a signaling diagram of a cell handover based on HO technology;
图3B为基于CHO技术的一种小区切换的信令图;Figure 3B is a signaling diagram of cell handover based on CHO technology;
图4为一种示例性的执行随机接入过程的信令图;Figure 4 is an exemplary signaling diagram for performing a random access process;
图5为另一种示例性的执行随机接入过程的信令图;Figure 5 is another exemplary signaling diagram for performing a random access process;
图6为本申请第一示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 6 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the first exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请第二示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 7 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the second exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请第三示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 8 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method illustrated in the third exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请示例性地示出的一种邻小区的示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a neighboring cell exemplarily shown in this application;
图10为本申请第四示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 10 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the fourth exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种配置信令的示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of configuration signaling provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请第五示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 12 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method illustrated in the fifth exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请第六示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 13 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the sixth exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请第七示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 14 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the seventh exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请第六示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 15 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the sixth exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种获得目标小区的时间提前量的流程示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic flowchart of obtaining the timing advance of a target cell provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请第七示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 17 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the seventh exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请第八示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 18 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the eighth exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请第九示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 19 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the ninth exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请第十示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 20 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the tenth exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请第十一示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图;Figure 21 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the eleventh exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图22为本申请一个实施例提供的小区切换装置的结构示意图;Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图23为本申请一个实施例提供的小区切换装置的结构示意图;Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图24为本申请一个实施例提供的小区切换装置的结构示意图;Figure 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图25为本申请一示例性实施例示出的通信设备的结构图;Figure 25 is a structural diagram of a communication device shown in an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
本申请目的的实现、功能特点及优点将结合实施例,参照附图做进一步说明。通过上述附图,已示出本申请明确的实施例,后文中将有更详细的描述。这些附图和文字描述并不是为了通过任何方式限制本申请构思的范围,而是通过参考特定实施例为本领域技术人员说明本申请的概念。The realization of the purpose, functional features and advantages of the present application will be further described with reference to the embodiments and the accompanying drawings. Through the above-mentioned drawings, clear embodiments of the present application have been shown, which will be described in more detail below. These drawings and text descriptions are not intended to limit the scope of the present application's concepts in any way, but are intended to illustrate the application's concepts for those skilled in the art with reference to specific embodiments.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本申请相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本申请的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。Exemplary embodiments will be described in detail herein, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the drawings, the same numbers in different drawings refer to the same or similar elements unless otherwise indicated. The implementations described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all implementations consistent with this application. Rather, they are merely examples of apparatus and methods consistent with aspects of the application as detailed in the appended claims.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素,此外,本申请不同实施例中具有同样命名的部件、特征、要素可能具有相同含义,也可能具有不同含义,其具体含义需以其在该具体实施例中的解释或者进一步结合该具体实施例中上下文进行确定。It should be noted that, in this document, the terms "comprising", "comprises" or any other variations thereof are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article or device that includes a series of elements not only includes those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed or inherent in the process, method, article or apparatus. Without further limitation, an element defined by the statement "comprises a..." does not exclude the presence of other identical elements in the process, method, article or device including the element. In addition, the application may be implemented differently. Components, features, and elements with the same names in the examples may have the same meaning or may have different meanings. Their specific meanings need to be determined based on their interpretation in the specific embodiment or further combined with the context of the specific embodiment.
应当理解,尽管在本文可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息,但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离本文范围的情况下,第一信息也可以被称为第二信息,类似地,第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语"如果"可以被解释成为"在……时"或"当……时"或"响应于确定"。再者,如同在本文中所使用的,单数形式“一”、“一个”和“该”旨在也包括复数形式,除非上下文中有相反的指示。应当进一步理解,术语“包含”、“包括”表明存在所述的特征、步骤、操作、元件、组件、项目、种类、和/或组,但不排除一个或多个其他特征、步骤、操作、元件、组件、项目、种类、和/或组的存在、出现或添加。本申请使用的术语“或”、“和/或”、“包括以下至少一个”等可被解释为包括性的,或意味着任一个或任何组合。例如,“包括以下至少一个:A、B、C”意味着“以下任一个:A;B;C;A和B;A和C;B和C;A和B和C”,再如,“A、B或C”或者“A、B和/或C”意味着“以下任一个:A;B;C;A和B;A和C;B和C;A和B和C”。仅当元件、功能、步骤或操作的组合在某些方式下内在地互相排斥时,才会出现该定义的例外。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, third, etc. may be used herein to describe various information, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish information of the same type from each other. For example, without departing from the scope of this article, the first information may also be called second information, and similarly, the second information may also be called first information. Depending on the context, the word "if" as used herein may be interpreted as "when" or "when" or "in response to determining." Furthermore, as used herein, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context indicates otherwise. It should be further understood that the terms "comprising" and "including" indicate the presence of stated features, steps, operations, elements, components, items, categories, and/or groups, but do not exclude one or more other features, steps, operations, The presence, occurrence, or addition of elements, components, items, categories, and/or groups. The terms "or", "and/or", "including at least one of the following", etc. used in this application may be interpreted as inclusive or mean any one or any combination. For example, "including at least one of the following: A, B, C" means "any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C"; another example is, " A, B or C" or "A, B and/or C" means "any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C". Exceptions to this definition occur only when the combination of elements, functions, steps, or operations is inherently mutually exclusive in some manner.
应该理解的是,虽然本申请实施例中的流程图中的各个步骤按照箭头的指示依次显示,但是这些步骤并不是必然按照箭头指示的顺序依次执行。除非本文中有明确的说明,这些步骤的执行并没有严格的顺序限制,其可以以其他的顺序执行。而且,图中的至少一部分步骤可以包括多个子步骤或者多个阶段,这些子步骤或者阶段并不必然是在同一时刻执行完成,而是可以在不同的时刻执行,其执行顺序也不必然是依次进行,而是可以与其他步骤或者其他步骤的子步骤或者阶段的至少一部分轮流或者交替地执行。It should be understood that although each step in the flow chart in the embodiment of the present application is displayed in sequence as indicated by the arrows, these steps are not necessarily executed in the order indicated by the arrows. Unless explicitly stated in this article, the execution of these steps is not strictly limited in order, and they can be executed in other orders. Moreover, at least some of the steps in the figure may include multiple sub-steps or multiple stages. These sub-steps or stages are not necessarily executed at the same time, but may be executed at different times, and their execution order is not necessarily sequential. may be performed in turn or alternately with other steps or sub-steps of other steps or at least part of stages.
取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语“如果”、“若”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”或“响应于检测”。类似地,取决于语境,短语“如果确定”或“如果检测(陈述的条件或事件)”可以被解释成为“当确定时”或“响应于确定”或“当检测(陈述的条件或事件)时”或“响应于检测(陈述的条件或事件)”。Depending on the context, the words "if" or "if" as used herein may be interpreted as "when" or "when" or "in response to determination" or "in response to detection." Similarly, depending on the context, the phrase "if determined" or "if (stated condition or event) is detected" may be interpreted as "when determined" or "in response to determining" or "when (stated condition or event) is detected )" or "in response to detecting (a stated condition or event)".
需要说明的是,在本文中,采用了诸如S11、S12等步骤代号,其目的是为了更清楚简要地表述相应内容,不构成顺序上的实质性限制,本领域技术人员在具体实施时,可能会先执行S12后执行S11等,但这些均应在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that in this article, step codes such as S11 and S12 are used for the purpose of describing the corresponding content more clearly and concisely, and do not constitute a substantial restriction on the sequence. Those skilled in the art may S12 will be executed first and then S11, etc., but these should be within the protection scope of this application.
应当理解,此处所描述的具体实施例仅仅用以解释本申请,并不用于限定本申请。It should be understood that the specific embodiments described here are only used to explain the present application and are not used to limit the present application.
在后续的描述中,使用用于表示元件的诸如“模块”、“部件”或者“单元”的后缀仅为了有利于本申请的说明,其本身没有特定的意义。因此,“模块”、“部件”或者“单元”可以混合地使用。In the subsequent description, the use of suffixes such as "module", "component" or "unit" used to represent elements is only to facilitate the description of the present application and has no specific meaning in itself. Therefore, "module", "component" or "unit" may be used interchangeably.
本申请中的通信设备可以为终端,也可以为网络设备,具体指代需要根据上下文的描述加以确定,若本申请的方法执行主体为终端,则指代终端,若本申请的方法执行主体为网络设备,则指代网络设备,若为终端,终端可以为移动终端(如手机),若为网络设备,网络设备可以为基站、卫星、高空平台(HAPS,High Altitude Platform Station),无人机(Unmanned Aerial Vehicle,UAV)等。The communication device in this application can be a terminal or a network device. The specific reference needs to be determined according to the description of the context. If the subject executing the method of this application is a terminal, it refers to the terminal. If the subject executing the method of this application is Network equipment refers to network equipment. If it is a terminal, the terminal can be a mobile terminal (such as a mobile phone). If it is a network equipment, the network equipment can be a base station, satellite, high altitude platform (HAPS, High Altitude Platform Station), or drone. (Unmanned Aerial Vehicle, UAV), etc.
移动终端可以以各种形式来实施。例如,本申请中描述的移动终端可以包括诸如手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、便捷式媒体播放器(Portable Media Player,PMP)、导航装置、可穿戴设备、智能手环、计步器等移动终端,以及诸如数字TV、台式计算机等固定终端。Mobile terminals can be implemented in various forms. For example, the mobile terminal described in this application may include mobile phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, PDAs, personal digital assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), portable media players (Portable Media Player, PMP), navigation devices, Mobile terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers, as well as fixed terminals such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
后续描述中将以移动终端为例进行说明,本领域技术人员将理解的是,除了特别用于移动目的的元件之外,根据本申请的实施方式的构造也能够应用于固定类型的终端。In the following description, a mobile terminal will be taken as an example. Those skilled in the art will understand that, in addition to elements specifically used for mobile purposes, the structure according to the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to fixed-type terminals.
请参阅图1,其为实现本申请各个实施例的一种移动终端的硬件结构示意图,该移动终端100可以包括:RF(Radio Frequency,射频)单元101、WiFi模块102、音频输出单元103、A/V(音频/视频)输入单元104、传感器105、显示单元106、用户输入单元107、接口单元108、存储器109、处理器110、以及电源111等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图1中示出的移动终端结构并不构成对移动终端的限定,移动终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。Please refer to Figure 1, which is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a mobile terminal that implements various embodiments of the present application. The mobile terminal 100 may include: an RF (Radio Frequency, radio frequency) unit 101, a WiFi module 102, an audio output unit 103, and a /V (audio/video) input unit 104, sensor 105, display unit 106, user input unit 107, interface unit 108, memory 109, processor 110, and power supply 111 and other components. Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure of the mobile terminal shown in Figure 1 does not constitute a limitation on the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined, or different components may be used. layout.
下面结合图1对移动终端的各个部件进行具体的介绍:The following is a detailed introduction to each component of the mobile terminal in conjunction with Figure 1:
射频单元101可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送,具体的,将基站的下行信息接收后,给处理器110处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给基站。通常,射频单元101包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外,射频单元101还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。上述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于GSM(Global System of Mobile communication,全球移动通讯系统)、GPRS(General Packet Radio Service,通用分组无线服务)、CDMA2000(Code Division Multiple Access 2000,码分多址2000)、WCDMA(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,宽带码分多址)、TD-SCDMA(Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access,时分同步码分多址)、FDD-LTE(Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution,频分双工长期演进)、TDD-LTE(Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution,分时双工长期演进)和5G等。The radio frequency unit 101 can be used to receive and send information or signals during a call. Specifically, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is processed by the processor 110; in addition, the uplink data is sent to the base station. Generally, the radio frequency unit 101 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc. In addition, the radio frequency unit 101 can also communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication. The above wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to GSM (Global System of Mobile communication, Global Mobile Communications System), GPRS (General Packet Radio Service, General Packet Radio Service), CDMA2000 (Code Division Multiple Access 2000 , Code Division Multiple Access 2000), WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), TD-SCDMA (Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access, Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access), FDD-LTE (Frequency Division) Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, Frequency Division Duplex Long Term Evolution), TDD-LTE (Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, Time Division Duplex Long Term Evolution) and 5G, etc.
WiFi属于短距离无线传输技术,移动终端通过WiFi模块102可以帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等,它为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问。虽然图1示出了WiFi模块102,但是可以理解的是,其并不属于移动终端的必须构成,完全可以根据需要在不改变发明的本质的范围内而省略。WiFi is a short-distance wireless transmission technology. The mobile terminal can help users send and receive emails, browse web pages, access streaming media, etc. through the WiFi module 102. It provides users with wireless broadband Internet access. Although FIG. 1 shows the WiFi module 102, it can be understood that it is not a necessary component of the mobile terminal and can be omitted as needed without changing the essence of the invention.
音频输出单元103可以在移动终端100处于呼叫信号接收模式、通话模式、记录模式、语音识别模式、广播接收模式等等模式下时,将射频单元101或WiFi模块102接收的或者在存储器109中存储的音频数据转换成音频信号并且输出为声音。而且,音频输出单元103还可以提供与移动终端100执行的特定功能相关的音频输出(例如,呼叫信号接收声音、消息接收声音等等)。音频输出单元103可以包括扬声器、蜂鸣器等等。The audio output unit 103 may, when the mobile terminal 100 is in a call signal receiving mode, a call mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, a broadcast receiving mode, etc., receive the audio signal received by the radio frequency unit 101 or the WiFi module 102 or store it in the memory 109 The audio data is converted into audio signals and output as sound. Furthermore, the audio output unit 103 may also provide audio output related to a specific function performed by the mobile terminal 100 (eg, call signal reception sound, message reception sound, etc.). The audio output unit 103 may include a speaker, a buzzer, or the like.
A/V输入单元104用于接收音频或视频信号。A/V输入单元104可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)1041和麦克风1042,图形处理器1041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。处理后的图像帧可以显示在显示单元106上。经图形处理器1041处理后的图像帧可以存 储在存储器109(或其它存储介质)中或者经由射频单元101或WiFi模块102进行发送。麦克风1042可以在电话通话模式、记录模式、语音识别模式等等运行模式中经由麦克风1042接收声音(音频数据),并且能够将这样的声音处理为音频数据。处理后的音频(语音)数据可以在电话通话模式的情况下转换为可经由射频单元101发送到移动通信基站的格式输出。麦克风1042可以实施各种类型的噪声消除(或抑制)算法以消除(或抑制)在接收和发送音频信号的过程中产生的噪声或者干扰。The A/V input unit 104 is used to receive audio or video signals. The A/V input unit 104 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 1041 and a microphone 1042. The graphics processor 1041 can process still pictures or images obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode. Video image data is processed. The processed image frames may be displayed on the display unit 106. The image frames processed by the graphics processor 1041 can be stored in the memory 109 (or other storage media) or sent via the radio frequency unit 101 or WiFi module 102. The microphone 1042 can receive sounds (audio data) via the microphone 1042 in operating modes such as a phone call mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, and the like, and can process such sounds into audio data. The processed audio (voice) data can be converted into a format that can be sent to a mobile communication base station via the radio frequency unit 101 for output in a phone call mode. Microphone 1042 may implement various types of noise cancellation (or suppression) algorithms to eliminate (or suppress) noise or interference generated in the process of receiving and transmitting audio signals.
移动终端100还包括至少一种传感器105,比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其他传感器。可选地,光传感器包括环境光传感器及接近传感器,可选地,环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板1061的亮度,接近传感器可在移动终端100移动到耳边时,关闭显示面板1061和/或背光。作为运动传感器的一种,加速计传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小,静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向,可用于识别手机姿态的应用(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等;至于手机还可配置的指纹传感器、压力传感器、虹膜传感器、分子传感器、陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等其他传感器,在此不再赘述。The mobile terminal 100 also includes at least one sensor 105, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors. Optionally, the light sensor includes an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor. Optionally, the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 1061 according to the brightness of the ambient light. The proximity sensor can turn off the display when the mobile terminal 100 moves to the ear. Panel 1061 and/or backlight. As a kind of motion sensor, the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (usually three axes). It can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when stationary. It can be used to identify applications of mobile phone posture (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games, magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; as for the mobile phone, it can also be configured with fingerprint sensor, pressure sensor, iris sensor, molecular sensor, gyroscope, barometer, hygrometer, Other sensors such as thermometers and infrared sensors will not be described in detail here.
显示单元106用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息。显示单元106可包括显示面板1061,可以采用液晶显示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(Organic Light-Emitting Diode,OLED)等形式来配置显示面板1061。The display unit 106 is used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user. The display unit 106 may include a display panel 1061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
用户输入单元107可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与移动终端的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。可选地,用户输入单元107可包括触控面板1071以及其他输入设备1072。触控面板1071,也称为触摸屏,可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板1071上或在触控面板1071附近的操作),并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。触控面板1071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。可选地,触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位,并检测触摸操作带来的信号,将信号传送给触摸控制器;触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息,并将它转换成触点坐标,再送给处理器110,并能接收处理器110发来的命令并加以执行。此外,可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板1071。除了触控面板1071,用户输入单元107还可以包括其他输入设备1072。可选地,其他输入设备1072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆等中的一种或多种,具体此处不做限定。The user input unit 107 may be used to receive input numeric or character information, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the mobile terminal. Optionally, the user input unit 107 may include a touch panel 1071 and other input devices 1072. The touch panel 1071 , also known as a touch screen, can collect the user's touch operations on or near the touch panel 1071 (for example, the user uses a finger, stylus, or any suitable object or accessory on or near the touch panel 1071 operation), and drive the corresponding connection device according to the preset program. The touch panel 1071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Optionally, the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device and converts it into contact point coordinates , and then sent to the processor 110, and can receive the commands sent by the processor 110 and execute them. In addition, the touch panel 1071 can be implemented using various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave. In addition to the touch panel 1071, the user input unit 107 may also include other input devices 1072. Optionally, other input devices 1072 may include but are not limited to one or more of physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, etc., which are not specifically discussed here. limited.
可选地,触控面板1071可覆盖显示面板1061,当触控面板1071检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后,传送给处理器110以确定触摸事件的类型,随后处理器110根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板1061上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图1中,触控面板1071与显示面板1061是作为两个独立的部件来实现移动终端的输入和输出功能,但是在某些实施例中,可以将触控面板1071与显示面板1061集成而实现移动终端的输入和输出功能,具体此处不做限定。Optionally, the touch panel 1071 can cover the display panel 1061. When the touch panel 1071 detects a touch operation on or near it, it is transmitted to the processor 110 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 110 determines the type of the touch event according to the touch event. The type provides corresponding visual output on the display panel 1061. Although in Figure 1, the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 are used as two independent components to implement the input and output functions of the mobile terminal, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 can be integrated. The implementation of the input and output functions of the mobile terminal is not limited here.
接口单元108用作至少一个外部装置与移动终端100连接可以通过的接口。例如,外部装置可以包括有线或无线头戴式耳机端口、外部电源(或电池充电器)端口、有线或无线数据端口、存储卡端口、用于连接具有识别模块的装置的端口、音频输入/输出(I/O)端口、视频I/O端口、耳机端口等等。接口单元108可以用于接收来自外部装置的输入(例如,数据信息、电力等等)并且将接收到的输入传输到移动终端100内的一个或多个元件或者可以用于在移动终端100和外部装置之间传输数据。The interface unit 108 serves as an interface through which at least one external device can be connected to the mobile terminal 100 . For example, external devices may include a wired or wireless headphone port, an external power (or battery charger) port, a wired or wireless data port, a memory card port, a port for connecting a device with an identification module, audio input/output (I/O) port, video I/O port, headphone port, etc. The interface unit 108 may be used to receive input (eg, data information, power, etc.) from an external device and transmit the received input to one or more elements within the mobile terminal 100 or may be used to connect between the mobile terminal 100 and an external device. Transfer data between devices.
存储器109可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器109可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,可选地,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。此外,存储器109可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。 Memory 109 may be used to store software programs as well as various data. The memory 109 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area. Optionally, the storage program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; the storage data area may Store data created based on the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc. In addition, memory 109 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage device.
处理器110是移动终端的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个移动终端的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器109内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器109内的数据,执行移动终端的各种功能和处理数据,从而对移动终端进行整体监控。处理器110可包括一个或多个处理单元;优选的,处理器110可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,可选地,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器110中。The processor 110 is the control center of the mobile terminal, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile terminal, by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 109, and calling data stored in the memory 109 , execute various functions of the mobile terminal and process data, thereby overall monitoring the mobile terminal. The processor 110 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 110 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor. Optionally, the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., and modulation The demodulation processor mainly handles wireless communications. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 110 .
移动终端100还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源111(比如电池),优选的,电源111可以通过电源管理系统与处理器110逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、 以及功耗管理等功能。The mobile terminal 100 may also include a power supply 111 (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components. Preferably, the power supply 111 may be logically connected to the processor 110 through a power management system, thereby achieving management of charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system. and other functions.
尽管图1未示出,移动终端100还可以包括蓝牙模块等,在此不再赘述。Although not shown in FIG. 1 , the mobile terminal 100 may also include a Bluetooth module, etc., which will not be described again here.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,下面对本申请的移动终端所基于的通信网络系统进行描述。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the communication network system on which the mobile terminal of the present application is based is described below.
请参阅图2,图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络系统架构图,该通信网络系统为通用移动通信技术的LTE系统,该LTE系统包括依次通讯连接的UE(User Equipment,用户设备)201,E-UTRAN(Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network,演进式UMTS陆地无线接入网)202,EPC(Evolved Packet Core,演进式分组核心网)203和运营商的IP业务204。Please refer to Figure 2. Figure 2 is an architecture diagram of a communication network system provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication network system is an LTE system of universal mobile communication technology. The LTE system includes UEs (User Equipment, User Equipment) connected in sequence. )201, E-UTRAN (Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network, Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network) 202, EPC (Evolved Packet Core, Evolved Packet Core Network) 203 and the operator's IP business 204.
可选地,UE201可以是上述移动终端100,此处不再赘述。Optionally, UE201 may be the above-mentioned mobile terminal 100, which will not be described again here.
E-UTRAN202包括eNodeB2021和其它eNodeB2022等。可选地,eNodeB2021可以通过回程(backhaul)(例如X2接口)与其它eNodeB2022连接,eNodeB2021连接到EPC203,eNodeB2021可以提供UE201到EPC203的接入。E-UTRAN202 includes eNodeB2021 and other eNodeB2022, etc. Optionally, eNodeB2021 can be connected to other eNodeB2022 through backhaul (for example, X2 interface), eNodeB2021 is connected to EPC203, and eNodeB2021 can provide access from UE201 to EPC203.
EPC203可以包括MME(Mobility Management Entity,移动性管理实体)2031,HSS(Home Subscriber Server,归属用户服务器)2032,其它MME2033,SGW(Serving Gate Way,服务网关)2034,PGW(PDN Gate Way,分组数据网络网关)2035和PCRF(Policy and Charging Rules Function,政策和资费功能实体)2036等。可选地,MME2031是处理UE201和EPC203之间信令的控制节点,提供承载和连接管理。HSS2032用于提供一些寄存器来管理诸如归属位置寄存器(图中未示)之类的功能,并且保存有一些有关服务特征、数据速率等用户专用的信息。所有用户数据都可以通过SGW2034进行发送,PGW2035可以提供UE 201的IP地址分配以及其它功能,PCRF2036是业务数据流和IP承载资源的策略与计费控制策略决策点,它为策略与计费执行功能单元(图中未示)选择及提供可用的策略和计费控制决策。 EPC 203 may include MME (Mobility Management Entity, mobility management entity) 2031, HSS (Home Subscriber Server, home user server) 2032, other MME 2033, SGW (Serving Gate Way, service gateway) 2034, PGW (PDN Gate Way, packet data Network Gateway) 2035 and PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function, policy and charging functional entity) 2036, etc. Optionally, MME2031 is a control node that processes signaling between UE201 and EPC203, and provides bearer and connection management. HSS2032 is used to provide some registers to manage functions such as the home location register (not shown in the figure), and to save some user-specific information about service characteristics, data rates, etc. All user data can be sent through SGW2034. PGW2035 can provide IP address allocation and other functions for UE 201. PCRF2036 is the policy and charging control policy decision point for business data flows and IP bearer resources. It is the policy and charging execution function. The unit (not shown) selects and provides available policy and charging control decisions.
IP业务204可以包括因特网、内联网、IMS(IP Multimedia Subsystem,IP多媒体子系统)或其它IP业务等。 IP services 204 may include the Internet, Intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem) or other IP services.
虽然上述以LTE系统为例进行了介绍,但本领域技术人员应当知晓,本申请不仅仅适用于LTE系统,也可以适用于其他无线通信系统,例如GSM、CDMA2000、WCDMA、TD-SCDMA、5G以及未来新的网络系统(如6G)等,此处不做限定。Although the above introduction takes the LTE system as an example, those skilled in the art should know that this application is not only applicable to the LTE system, but also can be applied to other wireless communication systems, such as GSM, CDMA2000, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, 5G and New network systems (such as 6G) in the future are not limited here.
基于上述移动终端硬件结构以及通信网络系统,提出本申请各个实施例。Based on the above-mentioned mobile terminal hardware structure and communication network system, various embodiments of the present application are proposed.
一些实现中,移动终端基于自身的位置接入对应的小区,实现与网络设备之间的通信。示例性地,小区可以为针对非地面通信场景和/或是地面通信场景下的元小区(meta-cell)。元小区默认支持服务和资源的解耦,当移动终端从源小区一侧向目标小区一侧移动时,虽然层1(L1,Layer 2)链路(载波/信道)发生了变化,但是层2(L2,Layer 2)传输服务可以保持连续服务(一种可能的实现中,层3(L3,Layer 3)连接服务也可以保持连续服务),在L2和/或L3的协议功能锚点不变的情况下,也不需要重置上下文信息或者重建立RRC连接。从而,可以最大程度的保证平滑的业务连续性。In some implementations, the mobile terminal accesses the corresponding cell based on its own location to implement communication with network equipment. For example, the cell may be a meta-cell for non-terrestrial communication scenarios and/or terrestrial communication scenarios. The meta-cell supports the decoupling of services and resources by default. When the mobile terminal moves from the source cell side to the target cell side, although the layer 1 (L1, Layer 2) link (carrier/channel) changes, the layer 2 The (L2, Layer 2) transport service can remain in continuous service (in one possible implementation, the Layer 3 (Layer 3) connection service can also remain in continuous service), and the protocol function anchors in L2 and/or L3 remain unchanged In this case, there is no need to reset the context information or re-establish the RRC connection. Thus, smooth business continuity can be guaranteed to the greatest extent.
可选地,L2可以是无线通信协议架构中的服务数据适应协议协议(SDAP,Service Data Adaptation Protocol),分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP,Packet Data Convergence Protocol),无线链路控制(RLC,Radio Link Control),媒体接入控制(MAC,Media Access Control)。Optionally, L2 can be the Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP, Service Data Adaptation Protocol), Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP, Packet Data Convergence Protocol), or Radio Link Control (RLC) in the wireless communication protocol architecture. ), Media Access Control (MAC, Media Access Control).
可选地,L3可以是无线资源控制(RRC,Radio Resource Control)。Optionally, L3 can be Radio Resource Control (RRC, Radio Resource Control).
当移动终端的位置发生改变时,可能导致移动终端所连接的小区发生改变,即小区切换。可选地,移动终端通过执行切换(Handover,HO)命令来实现小区切换的过程。在一些实现中,移动终端还可以在满足预设的切换条件时执行切换命令,即条件切换(Conditional Handover,CHO)。When the location of the mobile terminal changes, the cell to which the mobile terminal is connected may change, that is, cell switching. Optionally, the mobile terminal implements the cell switching process by executing a handover (HO) command. In some implementations, the mobile terminal can also execute a switching command when preset switching conditions are met, that is, conditional handover (CHO).
图3A为基于HO技术的一种小区切换的信令图,包括:Figure 3A is a signaling diagram of cell handover based on HO technology, including:
Step1:测量控制和报告(Measurement Control and Reports);Step1: Measurement Control and Reports;
Step2:切换决定(Handover Decision);Step2: Handover Decision;
Step3:切换请求(HANDOVER REQUEST);Step3: Handover request (HANDOVER REQUEST);
Step4:准入控制(Admission Control);Step4: Admission Control;
Step5:切换请求应答(HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE);Step5: Handover request response (HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE);
Step6:无线接入网切换初始化(RAN Handover Initiation);Step6: Radio access network handover initialization (RAN Handover Initiation);
Step7a:提前状态迁移(EARLY STATUS TRANSFER);Step7a: Early status migration (EARLY STATUS TRANSFER);
Step7:数据序列状态迁移(SN STATUS TRANSFER);Step7: Data sequence status migration (SN STATUS TRANSFER);
Step8:无线接入网切换完成(RAN Handover Completion);Step8: Radio access network handover is completed (RAN Handover Completion);
Step8a:切换成功(HANDOVER SUCCESS);Step8a: Handover successful (HANDOVER SUCCESS);
Step8b:数据序列状态迁移(SN STATUS TRANSFER)。Step8b: Data sequence status migration (SN STATUS TRANSFER).
示例性地,上述流程示例性的示出了实现HO小区切换的主要步骤,通过上述步骤,可以实现移动终端从源小区(Source gNB)向目标小区(Target gNB)的切换,其中各步骤的详细实现方法,此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, the above process exemplarily shows the main steps to implement HO cell handover. Through the above steps, the handover of the mobile terminal from the source cell (Source gNB) to the target cell (Target gNB) can be realized. The details of each step are as follows: The implementation method will not be described again here.
图3B为基于CHO技术的一种小区切换的信令图,包括:Figure 3B is a signaling diagram of cell handover based on CHO technology, including:
Step1:测量控制和报告(Measurement Control and Reports);Step1: Measurement Control and Reports;
Step2:切换决定(Handover Decision);Step2: Handover Decision;
Step3:切换请求(HANDOVER REQUEST);Step3: Handover request (HANDOVER REQUEST);
Step4:准入控制(Admission Control);Step4: Admission Control;
Step5:切换请求应答(HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE);Step5: Handover request response (HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE);
Step6:无线资源控制重配(RRCReconfiguration);Step6: Radio Resource Control Reconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration);
Step7:无线资源控制重配完成(RRCReconfiguration Complete);Step7: Radio Resource Control Reconfiguration Complete (RRCReconfiguration Complete);
Step7a:提前状态迁移(EARLY STATUS TRANSFER);Step7a: Early status migration (EARLY STATUS TRANSFER);
Step8:条件切换完成(CHO Handover Completion);Step8: Condition switching is completed (CHO Handover Completion);
Step8a:切换成功(HANDOVER SUCCESS);Step8a: Handover successful (HANDOVER SUCCESS);
Step8b:数据序列状态迁移(SN STATUS TRANSFER)。Step8b: Data sequence status migration (SN STATUS TRANSFER).
可选地,在无线接入网切换初始化(图3A中Step6)和无线资源控制重配(图3B中Step6)的步骤中,移动终端会接收源小区相关切换配置,所述配置包含目标小区接入参数,所述终端依据切换配置完成对自身的配置,从而实现从源小区切换至目标小区的目的。在该切换初始化过程中,终端需要获得目标小区的时间提前量(Timing Advance,TA),之后基于该时间提前量对自身进行调整,从而实现向目标小区切换的过程。Optionally, in the steps of radio access network handover initialization (Step 6 in Figure 3A) and radio resource control reconfiguration (Step 6 in Figure 3B), the mobile terminal will receive the source cell-related handover configuration, which configuration includes the target cell access. Enter the parameters, and the terminal completes its own configuration according to the handover configuration, thereby achieving the purpose of handover from the source cell to the target cell. During the handover initialization process, the terminal needs to obtain the timing advance (Timing Advance, TA) of the target cell, and then adjust itself based on the timing advance to realize the handover process to the target cell.
示例性地,终端获得时间提前量的方式,通常是在与目标小区执行随机接入而获得的,待成功接入小区后,时间提前量一般是通过媒体接入控制层控制单元配置。For example, the way for the terminal to obtain the timing advance is usually by performing random access with the target cell. After successfully accessing the cell, the timing advance is generally configured through the media access control layer control unit.
图4为一种示例性的执行随机接入过程的信令图,参考图4所示,图中示出了一种基于竞争(Contention Based Random Access,CBRA)的四步(4-step)随机接入过程,包括:Figure 4 is an exemplary signaling diagram for performing a random access process. Refer to Figure 4. The figure shows a contention-based (Contention Based Random Access, CBRA) four-step (4-step) random access. The access process includes:
Step1:MSG1,随机接入前导(Random Access Preamble);Step1: MSG1, Random Access Preamble;
Step2:MSG2,随机接入响应(Random Access Response);Step2: MSG2, random access response (Random Access Response);
Step3:MSG3,排程传送(Scheduled Transmission);Step3: MSG3, scheduled transmission (Scheduled Transmission);
Step4:MSG4,竞争解决(Contention Resolution)。Step4: MSG4, Contention Resolution.
图5为另一种示例性的执行随机接入过程的信令图,参考图3C所示,图中示出了一种基于竞争(Contention Free Random Access,CBRA)的两步(2-step)随机接入过程,包括:Figure 5 is another exemplary signaling diagram for performing a random access process. Refer to Figure 3C. The figure shows a two-step (2-step) based on contention (Contention Free Random Access, CBRA). The random access process includes:
Step1a:MSGA,随机接入前导(Random Access Preamble);Step1a: MSGA, Random Access Preamble;
Step1b:MSGA,随机发送物理上行共享信道载荷(PUSCH payload);Step1b: MSGA, randomly sends the physical uplink shared channel payload (PUSCH payload);
Step2:MSGB,竞争解决(Contention Resolution)。Step2: MSGB, Contention Resolution.
然而,通过向目标小区发送随机接入请求,来获得目标小区的时间提前量的过程,需要终端与目标小区之间经过多次交互才能完成,会增加大量信令开销,从而增加网络设备的负载,影响网络通信的实时性和服务连续性,同时终端需在随机接入过程中成功完成竞争解决(Contention Resolution)才能获取接入资源,完成无线资源控制连线,随后进一步完成与核心网的交互。However, the process of obtaining the time advance of the target cell by sending a random access request to the target cell requires multiple interactions between the terminal and the target cell, which will increase a large amount of signaling overhead and thus increase the load on the network equipment. , affecting the real-time nature and service continuity of network communications. At the same time, the terminal must successfully complete contention resolution (Contention Resolution) during the random access process to obtain access resources, complete the wireless resource control connection, and then further complete the interaction with the core network .
为了解决上述技术问题,本申请提供的方案中,终端通过接收源小区发送的配置信令,并基于所述配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量,之后基于目标小区的时间提前量直接以无随机接入(RACH-less)的方式完成无线接入网切换初始化的过程,实现小区切换,避免了随机接入过程中导致的信令开销,降低网络设备的负载,以及加速与目标小区建立连线减少因切换导致的时延,提高网络通信质量。In order to solve the above technical problems, in the solution provided by this application, the terminal receives the configuration signaling sent by the source cell and determines the timing advance of the target cell based on the configuration signaling. Then, based on the timing advance of the target cell, it directly The random access (RACH-less) method completes the wireless access network handover initialization process and realizes cell handover, avoiding the signaling overhead caused by the random access process, reducing the load of network equipment, and accelerating the establishment of a connection with the target cell. Reduce the delay caused by handover and improve the quality of network communication.
图6为本申请第一示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图。Figure 6 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the first exemplary embodiment of the present application.
本申请提供的小区切换方法由终端执行,该终端能够与网络设备连接,终端例如可以是手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备等能够进行通信的设备。The cell switching method provided by this application is executed by a terminal, which can be connected to a network device. The terminal can be, for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, and other devices capable of communication.
如图6所示,本申请提供的小区切换方法,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 6, the cell switching method provided by this application includes the following steps:
S011,终端接收配置信令。S011, the terminal receives configuration signaling.
S012,终端基于所述配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量。S012: The terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the configuration signaling.
示例性地,上述步骤即终端获得目标小区的时间提前量的步骤,可选地,配置信令由终端当前所在的源小区发送,配置信令中包括用于确定目标小区时间提前量的信息,使终端可以基于源小区发送的配置信令而确定目标小区的时间提前量,而无须向目标小区发送随机接入请求,从而以无随机接入的方式完成无线接入网切换的过程。Exemplarily, the above steps are the steps for the terminal to obtain the time advance of the target cell. Optionally, the configuration signaling is sent by the source cell where the terminal is currently located, and the configuration signaling includes information used to determine the time advance of the target cell. The terminal can determine the timing advance of the target cell based on the configuration signaling sent by the source cell without sending a random access request to the target cell, thereby completing the radio access network handover process without random access.
可选地,所述配置信令为无线资源控制重配(RRCReconfiguration)信令或媒体接入控制层控制单元(MAC Control Element,MAC CE)信令。Optionally, the configuration signaling is Radio Resource Control Reconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration) signaling or Media Access Control Layer Control Element (MAC Control Element, MAC CE) signaling.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中还包括目标小区的物理层参数,可选地,物理层参数包括以下至少一种:物理上行控制信道(Physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)、物理上行共享信道(Physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH);物理下行控制信道(Physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)、物理下行共享信道(Physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)、部分带宽(Bandwidth Part,BWP)、同步信令块(SS/PBCH block,SSB)资源、信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI-RS)资源、随机接入资源、频点(frequency)信息、目标小区识别码(cell id)。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell. Optionally, the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), physical uplink shared channel (Physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH); Physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), Physical downlink shared channel (Physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), Partial Bandwidth Part (BWP), Synchronization Signaling Block (SS) /PBCH block, SSB) resources, channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI-RS) resources, random access resources, frequency information, target cell identification code (cell id).
可选地,目标小区可以为地面小区(Terrestrial Network,TN)或非地面小区(Non-Terrestrial Network,NTN)。当目标小区为地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为基站、gNB、eNB、BS。相应的,当目标小区为非地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为卫星(Staellite)、高空平台、无人机。Optionally, the target cell may be a terrestrial cell (Terrestrial Network, TN) or a non-terrestrial cell (Non-Terrestrial Network, NTN). When the target cell is a terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS. Correspondingly, when the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite (Staellite), a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
可选地,所述目标小区的时间提前量是基于终端位置信息、邻小区星历(Ephemeris)参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项确认。Optionally, the time advance of the target cell is confirmed based on at least one of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris (Ephemeris) parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
一种可能的实现方式中,配置信令中包含有目标小区的时间提前量,即终端连接目标小区后,发送信号的时间需要提前量,该时间提前量是源小区基于终端的位置信息和目标小区的小区星历参数计算得到,并通过配置信令发送给终端的,终端可以基于接收到的配置信令,直接调整发送信号时间的提前量,即目标小区的时间提前量。In a possible implementation, the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell, that is, after the terminal connects to the target cell, the time of sending the signal needs to be advanced. The time advance is the source cell based on the location information of the terminal and the target. The cell ephemeris parameters of the cell are calculated and sent to the terminal through configuration signaling. The terminal can directly adjust the advance of the sending signal time based on the received configuration signaling, that is, the time advance of the target cell.
可选地,源小区基于终端上报的位置信息以及目标小区的星历参数计算终端与目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the source cell calculates the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameter of the target cell.
可选地,源小区基于终端上报的位置信息以及源小区的星历参数计算终端与源小区的时间提前量,通过源小区与目标小区时间提前量的差值确定发送的时间提前量。Optionally, the source cell calculates the timing advance between the terminal and the source cell based on the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameter of the source cell, and determines the sending timing advance based on the difference in the timing advance between the source cell and the target cell.
可选地,终端基于获得的时间提前量差值并进行补偿后,还原终端与目标小区的时间提前量。终端依据现有与源小区的时间提前量加上获得的时间提前量还原终端与目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the terminal restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained timing advance difference. The terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing time advance between the source cell and the obtained time advance.
可选地,终端的位置信息是经由测量报告(Measurement Report,MR)中所携带,或者通过终端辅助信息(UEAssistanceInformation,UAI)信令提供。Optionally, the location information of the terminal is carried in a measurement report (Measurement Report, MR) or provided through terminal assistance information (UEAssistanceInformation, UAI) signaling.
可选地,网络设备可以通过无线资源控制重配信令要求终端通过终端辅助信息上报辅助信息,上述要求包含以下至少一种:期望增加/减少连接态非连续接收(Discontinuous Reception,DRX)长度、过热辅助信息(Overheating assistance information),针对功耗节能(Power saving)偏好(Preference)的非连续接收参数、针对功耗节能偏好的最大聚合带宽、针对功耗节能偏好的第二载波(Secondary Component Sarrier,SCC)数量、针对功耗节能偏好的最大多输入多输出(multiple-input and multiple-output,MIMO)层(Layer)数、针对功耗节能偏好的快载波调度最小调度偏移、偏好的RRC状态、用于测链路(Sidelink)通信配置的授予(Grant)辅助信息、提供参考信息、终端位置信息。Optionally, the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling. The above requirements include at least one of the following: expected to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) length, overheating Overheating assistance information, discontinuous reception parameters for power saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power saving preference, Secondary Component Sarrier for power saving preference, SCC) number, the maximum number of multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, the minimum scheduling offset of fast carrier scheduling for power consumption and energy saving preference, and the preferred RRC status , Grant auxiliary information, reference information, and terminal location information used for test link (Sidelink) communication configuration.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,配置信令中包括用于确定目标小区的时间量提前量的参数,可选地,包括邻小区星历参数、源小区星历参数中至少一种。终端在接收到配置信令后,基于配置信令中包含的邻小区星历参数、源小区星历参数,来确定目标小区的时间提前量。In another possible implementation, the configuration signaling includes parameters for determining the time advance of the target cell, optionally including at least one of adjacent cell ephemeris parameters and source cell ephemeris parameters. After receiving the configuration signaling, the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and the source cell ephemeris parameters included in the configuration signaling.
可选地,终端通过自身位置信息与目标小区星历参数计算终端与目标小区时间提前量。Optionally, the terminal calculates the time advance between the terminal and the target cell through its own position information and the target cell ephemeris parameters.
可选地,终端通过获取的源小区与目标小区星历参数的差值计算时间提前量的差值,并通过终端与源小区现有的时间提前量加上获得的时间提前量差值确定终端与目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the terminal calculates the difference in timing advance by using the obtained difference in ephemeris parameters between the source cell and the target cell, and determines the terminal by adding the existing timing advance between the terminal and the source cell to the obtained difference in timing advance. The time advance with the target cell.
可选地,星历参数包括以下至少一项:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、 小区地球的轨道参数。可选地,非地面网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机等。非地面网络小区的空间位置,可选地,例如为卫星的实际位置。终端的位置信息包括终端的全球定位导航系统(Global Navigation Satellite System,GNSS)位置或地心地固坐标系(Earth-Centered,Earth-Fixed,ECEF)。Optionally, the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameters of the cell earth. Optionally, non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc. The spatial location of the non-terrestrial network cell, optionally, is the actual location of the satellite, for example. The location information of the terminal includes the terminal's Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) position or Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF (Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF) position.
S013,终端基于目标小区的时间提前量,与目标小区建立无随机接入。S013: The terminal establishes non-random access with the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell.
示例性地,在确定目标小区的时间提前量后,终端基于目标小区的时间提前量进行调整,完成初始化过程,即可以无随机接入(RACH-less)的方式切换至目标小区。可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中还包括目标小区的物理层参数,基于目标小区的时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区的具体实现步骤包括:For example, after determining the timing advance of the target cell, the terminal adjusts based on the timing advance of the target cell and completes the initialization process, that is, it can switch to the target cell in a random access (RACH-less) manner. Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes the physical layer parameters of the target cell. Based on the time advance of the target cell, the specific implementation steps of switching to the target cell in a non-random access mode include:
S0131,基于所述目标小区对应的物理层参数,与所述目标小区进行同步。S0131: Synchronize with the target cell based on the physical layer parameters corresponding to the target cell.
S0132,同步成功后,基于所述目标小区的时间提前量,向所述目标小区发送上行控制信息,和/或接收所述目标小区发送的下行链路控制信息。S0132: After successful synchronization, send uplink control information to the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell, and/or receive downlink control information sent by the target cell.
可选地,下行链路控制信息即Downlink Control Information(DCI),上行控制信息即Uplink Control Information(UCI),在终端获得目标小区的时间提前量后,依据配置的时间提前量以及目标小区物理层参数执行RACH-less HO。可选地,终端同步上目标小区后开始接收DCI与发送UCI,实现向目标小区切换的过程,可选地,终端在同步过程中使用目标小区物理层配置参数,包含:在同步过程前使用目标小区物理层配置参数并执行于目标小区的同步或终端与目标小区同步后使用目标小区物理层配置参数。Optionally, the downlink control information is Downlink Control Information (DCI), and the uplink control information is Uplink Control Information (UCI). After the terminal obtains the time advance of the target cell, it determines the time advance according to the configured time advance and the physical layer of the target cell. Parameters perform RACH-less HO. Optionally, the terminal starts receiving DCI and sending UCI after synchronizing to the target cell to implement the process of handover to the target cell. Optionally, the terminal uses the physical layer configuration parameters of the target cell during the synchronization process, including: using the target cell before the synchronization process. The physical layer configuration parameters of the cell are performed during synchronization of the target cell or the terminal uses the physical layer configuration parameters of the target cell after synchronization with the target cell.
图7为本申请第二示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图,如图7所示,包括以下步骤:Figure 7 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the second exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, it includes the following steps:
S021,终端接收源小区发送的无线资源控制重配信令,该信令中包含目标小区的时间提前量。S021. The terminal receives the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell, and the signaling includes the time advance of the target cell.
S022,终端根据源小区发送的无线资源控制重配信令获得目标小区的时间提前量。S022: The terminal obtains the time advance of the target cell according to the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell.
示例性地,上述步骤即终端获得目标小区的时间提前量的步骤,可选地,目标小区的时间提前量可以是源小区基于终端上报的位置信息,以及目标小区的星历参数确定的,并通过无线资源控制重配信令发送给终端。本实施例中,终端通过直接接收源小区对应的网络设备发送的配置信令(无线资源控制重配信令),来得到并配置目标小区的时间提前量,从而使终端能够基于目标小区的时间提前量以无随机接入的方式切换至目标小区。Exemplarily, the above step is a step for the terminal to obtain the timing advance of the target cell. Optionally, the timing advance of the target cell may be determined by the source cell based on the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameter of the target cell, and Sent to the terminal through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling. In this embodiment, the terminal obtains and configures the time advance of the target cell by directly receiving the configuration signaling (radio resource control reconfiguration signaling) sent by the network device corresponding to the source cell, so that the terminal can advance the time based on the target cell. The traffic is switched to the target cell without random access.
S023,终端向源小区发送无线资源控制重配完成信令。S023: The terminal sends radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling to the source cell.
S024,终端基于目标小区的时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S024: The terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
示例性地,无线资源控制重配信令是源小区向终端发送的一种用于实现小区切换的消息,终端可以基于该无线资源控制重配信令中的信息,获得目标小区的连接参数(但不包括与目标小区的提前时间量相关的信息),因此后续需要继续发起随机接入请求,才能而完成小区切换前的重配置过程。本实施例中,通过在无线资源控制重配信令中增加目标小区的提前时间量,使终端可以从无线资源控制重配信令中直接得到目标小区的提前时间量,从而省去进行随机接入的过程。终端配置完成后,向源小区发送无线资源控制重配完成(RRCReconfigurationComplete)信令,完成源小区对终端的重配置过程。之后,终端继续执行与目标小区对应的网络设备进行同步等步骤后,实现从源小区向目标小区的切换。可选地,终端在与目标小区同步后发送无线资源控制重配信令完成小区切换。可选地,当终端以该时间提前量执行无随机接入切换至目标小区失败后,则改以执行随机接入方式切换至目标小区。For example, radio resource control reconfiguration signaling is a message sent by the source cell to the terminal to implement cell handover. The terminal can obtain the connection parameters of the target cell based on the information in the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling (but not Including information related to the amount of advance time of the target cell), it is necessary to continue to initiate random access requests in order to complete the reconfiguration process before cell handover. In this embodiment, by adding the advance time of the target cell in the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling, the terminal can directly obtain the advance time of the target cell from the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling, thereby eliminating the need for random access. process. After the terminal configuration is completed, the radio resource control reconfiguration complete (RRCReconfigurationComplete) signaling is sent to the source cell to complete the reconfiguration process of the terminal by the source cell. After that, the terminal continues to perform steps such as synchronizing with the network equipment corresponding to the target cell, and then implements handover from the source cell to the target cell. Optionally, the terminal sends radio resource control reconfiguration signaling to complete cell switching after synchronizing with the target cell. Optionally, when the terminal fails to perform handover to the target cell without random access using the time advance amount, it switches to the target cell in a random access manner.
图8为本申请第三示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图,如图8所示,包括以下步骤:Figure 8 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the third exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, it includes the following steps:
S031,终端接收源小区发送的无线资源控制重配信令,该信令中包含邻小区的星历参数。S031. The terminal receives the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell, which contains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
S032,终端根据该信令中包含的邻小区的星历参数,确定目标小区的时间提前量。S032: The terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells included in the signaling.
示例性地,本实施例中,S031-S032为终端确定目标小区时间提前量的步骤,可选地,终端接收源小区发送的无线资源控制重配信令,并通过无线资源控制重配信令中所包含的小区的星历参数,确定目标小区的时间提前量。可选地,目标小区为源小区的相邻小区,即邻小区。图9为本申请示例性地示出的一种邻小区的示意图,如图9所示,邻小区是指终端当前所在的源小区的相邻小区,源小区与邻小区通过交互,使源小区获得邻小区的星历参数或是源小区通过地面站(Gateway)获取邻小区星历参数。可选地,目标小区自邻小区中产生。Exemplarily, in this embodiment, S031-S032 are the steps for the terminal to determine the target cell time advance. Optionally, the terminal receives the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell, and uses the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling to The ephemeris parameters of the included cells determine the time advance of the target cell. Optionally, the target cell is a neighboring cell of the source cell, that is, a neighbor cell. Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a neighboring cell exemplarily shown in this application. As shown in Figure 9, the neighboring cell refers to the neighboring cell of the source cell where the terminal is currently located. The source cell interacts with the neighboring cell so that the source cell Obtain the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells or the source cell obtains the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells through the ground station (Gateway). Optionally, the target cell is generated from a neighboring cell.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中包括至少一个邻小区的星历参数,终端基于邻小区星历参数和/或条件测量参数,确认要执行条件切换的目标小区。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, and the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or conditional measurement parameters of the neighboring cells.
可选地,条件测量参数包含以下至少一种:信号强度(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP)、信号质量(Reference Signal Received Quality,RSRQ)、信噪比(Signal to Interference&Noise Ratio,SINR)。Optionally, the condition measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP), signal quality (Reference Signal Received Quality, RSRQ), and signal-to-interference&Noise Ratio (SINR).
可选地,条件测量参数用于条件切换。Optionally, conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中包括至少一个邻小区的星历参数。在第一种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,确定要执行条件切换的目标小区。可选地,上述步骤的具体实现方式包括:Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell. In a first exemplary implementation, the terminal determines the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell. Optionally, specific implementation methods of the above steps include:
终端依据自身的位置信息以及各邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与邻小区间的距离,终端对计算后获得的距离进行排序,选择距离最短的邻小区作为条件切换的目标小区。The terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and neighboring cells based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell. The terminal sorts the calculated distances and selects the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell for conditional handover.
可选地,在第二种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据测量上述至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数(信号强度、信号质量、信噪比),确认要执行条件切换的目标小区。Optionally, in the second exemplary implementation, the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the condition measurement parameters (signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio) obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell.
可选地,终端依据测量上述至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,确认要执行条件切换的目标小区的实现方式,包括:Optionally, the terminal confirms the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号强度,将信号强度最大的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal strength of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号质量,将信号质量最好的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal quality of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the best signal quality as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信噪比,将信噪比最高的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,选择结果最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
可选地,在第三种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,以及测量至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,共同确定要执行条件切换的目标小区。Optionally, in the third exemplary implementation, the terminal jointly determines the conditional handover to be performed based on its own location information and ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell. target neighborhood.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,以及测量至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,共同确定要执行条件切换的目标小区的实现方式,包括:Optionally, the terminal jointly determines the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号强度,将信号强度最大的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal strength of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号质量,将信号质量最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal quality of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the best signal quality is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信噪比,将信噪比最高的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,选择结果最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号强度,筛选满足信号强度条件(信号强度大于信号强度阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信号强度条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足信号强度条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal strength of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition (signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal strength condition, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号质量,筛选满足信号质量条件(信号质量大于信号质量阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信号质量条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足信号质量条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal quality of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions (signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal quality conditions, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信噪比,筛选满足信噪比条件(信噪比大于信噪比阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信噪比条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各信噪比条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition (the signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the above-mentioned cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition. The ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and the neighboring cells under each signal-to-noise ratio condition, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,筛选结果满足信号条件(阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信号条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and selects neighboring cells whose results meet the signal conditions (threshold). After that, the terminal determines the results based on its own location information and the above conditions. The ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells according to the signal conditions are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the conditions, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
可选地,星历参数包括以下至少一项:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、小区对应地球的轨道参数。可选地,非地面网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机等。小区对应的非地面网络设备的空间位置,可选地,例如为卫星、高空平台、无人机的实际位置。Optionally, the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameter of the cell corresponding to the earth. Optionally, non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc. The spatial location of the non-terrestrial network equipment corresponding to the cell, optionally, for example, the actual location of satellites, high-altitude platforms, and drones.
可选地,终端的位置信息包括终端的全球定位导航系统(Global Navigation Satellite System,GNSS)位置或地心地固坐标系(Earth-Centered,Earth-Fixed,ECEF)。Optionally, the location information of the terminal includes the terminal's Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) location or Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF (Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF) position.
S033,终端向源小区发送无线资源控制重配完成信令。S033: The terminal sends radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling to the source cell.
S034,终端基于目标小区的时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S034: The terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
本实施例中,通过在无线资源控制重配信令中携带邻小区的星历参数,使终端可以从无线资源控制重配信令中直接或间接的得到目标小区的星历参数,进而基于自身的位置信息和目标小区的星历参数确定目标小区的时间提前量。从而省去随机接入的过程。终端配置完成后,向目标小区发送无线资源控制重配完成信令,完成源小区对应的网络设备对终端的重配置过程。其具体实现过程与图7所示实施例中的步骤S024类似,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, by carrying the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells in the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling, the terminal can directly or indirectly obtain the ephemeris parameters of the target cell from the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling, and then based on its own location The information and the ephemeris parameters of the target cell determine the time advance of the target cell. This eliminates the need for random access. After the terminal configuration is completed, radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling is sent to the target cell to complete the reconfiguration process of the terminal by the network equipment corresponding to the source cell. The specific implementation process is similar to step S024 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and will not be described again here.
本实施例中,终端通过星历参数和位置信息之间的匹配关系,获得目标小区的时间提前量,从而使终端能够基于目标小区的时间提前量以无随机接入的方式切换至目标小区。In this embodiment, the terminal obtains the time advance of the target cell through the matching relationship between the ephemeris parameter and the location information, so that the terminal can switch to the target cell without random access based on the time advance of the target cell.
图10为本申请第四示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图。Figure 10 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the fourth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
本申请提供的小区切换方法由终端执行,该终端能够与网络设备连接,终端可以是手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备等能够进行通信的设备。The cell switching method provided by this application is executed by a terminal, which can be connected to a network device. The terminal can be a mobile phone, tablet computer, wearable device, or other device capable of communication.
如图10所示,本实施例申请提供的小区切换方法,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 10, the cell switching method provided in this embodiment application includes the following steps:
S041,终端接收配置信令。S041, the terminal receives configuration signaling.
S042,终端根据配置信令,获得目标小区的时间提前量有效时段。S042: The terminal obtains the time advance effective period of the target cell according to the configuration signaling.
示例性地,时间提前量有效时段是指小区时间提前量对应的有效时间区间,若当前时间(例如系统时间)位于时间提前量有效时段内时,该时间提前量有效;若当前时间位于时间提前量有效时段外时,该时间提前量无效,终端仅在时间提前量有效时间内以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。For example, the time advance valid period refers to the valid time interval corresponding to the cell time advance. If the current time (such as system time) is within the time advance valid period, the time advance is valid; if the current time is within the time advance valid period, the time advance is valid. When the time advance is outside the effective time period, the time advance is invalid, and the terminal only switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner within the time advance effective time.
示例性地,目标小区的时间提前量有效时段是由源小区提供,或者,由目标小区提供给源小区的,可选地,通过源小区转发给终端。Exemplarily, the time advance valid period of the target cell is provided by the source cell, or is provided by the target cell to the source cell, and optionally forwarded to the terminal through the source cell.
可选地,所述时间提前量有效时间通过无线资源控制重配信令或媒体接入控制层控制单元信令配置。Optionally, the time advance effective time is configured through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
可选地,目标小区可以为地面小区或非地面小区。当目标小区为地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为基站、gNB、eNB、BS。相应的,当目标小区为非地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机。Optionally, the target cell may be a terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell. When the target cell is a terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS. Correspondingly, when the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
可选地,当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于时间的CHO(Timer-based CHO)进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻;当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于位置的CHO(Location-based CHO)进行小区切换,或者,指示终端以HO进行小区切换的第二切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括有效区间。示例性地,第一时刻表征所述目标小区的时间提前量的有效时段的起始时刻;所述第二时刻表征所述目标小区的时间提前量的有效时段的结束时刻。Optionally, when the configuration signaling includes first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching in time-based CHO (Timer-based CHO), the configuration signaling also includes the first moment and/or the second moment. ; When the configuration signaling includes second handover information used to instruct the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based CHO (Location-based CHO), or instructs the terminal to perform cell switching with HO, the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval . For example, the first moment represents the starting moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell; the second moment represents the end moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell.
可选地,第一时刻以具体的系统时间形式提供,第二时刻以差值的方式提供,具体通过第一时刻加上第二时刻差值以获取第二时刻具体的系统时间。Optionally, the first time is provided in the form of a specific system time, and the second time is provided in the form of a difference. Specifically, the specific system time at the second time is obtained by adding the difference between the first time and the second time.
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种配置信令的示意图,示例性地,配置信令可以为源小区发送给终端的无线资源控制重配信令,终端接收并解析配置信令后,若配置信令包括第一切换信息(图中示为mode-1),即以Timer-based CHO方式指示终端进行小区切换,则配置信令还包括第一时刻(图中示为T1)和第二时刻(图中示为T2),通过第一时刻和/或第二时刻来指示时间提前量有效时段。若配置信令包括第二切换信息(图中示为mode-2),且第二切换信息为条件切换,即源小区以Location-based CHO方式指示终端进行小区切换,则引入新的计时器指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段,或者以validity duration for UL sync information信息来指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段;若所述第二切换信息为一般切换(即源小区以HO方式指示终端进行小区切换),则引入新的计时器指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段,或者以validity duration for UL sync information来指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段。Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of configuration signaling provided by an embodiment of the present application. For example, the configuration signaling can be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal. After the terminal receives and parses the configuration signaling, if configured The signaling includes the first handover information (shown as mode-1 in the figure), that is, instructing the terminal to perform cell switching in the Timer-based CHO mode. The configuration signaling also includes the first time (shown as T1 in the figure) and the second time. (shown as T2 in the figure), the time advance effective period is indicated by the first moment and/or the second moment. If the configuration signaling includes the second handover information (shown as mode-2 in the figure), and the second handover information is conditional handover, that is, the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell handover in the Location-based CHO mode, a new timer indication is introduced The time advance valid period of the target cell, or the validity duration for UL sync information information is used to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell; if the second handover information is a general handover (that is, the source cell instructs the terminal in HO mode to perform cell handover), a new timer is introduced to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell, or validity duration for UL sync information is used to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell.
可选地,validity duration for UL sync information为目标小区系统消息中指示的 有效时间。Optionally, the validity duration for UL sync information is the validity time indicated in the target cell system message.
可选地,目标小区系统消息可以是非地面网路特定系统消息(NTN specific system information),例如但不限于:系统消息19(SIB19)。Optionally, the target cell system information may be non-terrestrial network specific system information (NTN specific system information), such as but not limited to: system message 19 (SIB19).
一种可能的实现方式中,根据配置信令,获得目标小区的时间提前量有效时段的具体实现方式包括以下步骤:In one possible implementation, the specific implementation of obtaining the time advance effective period of the target cell according to the configuration signaling includes the following steps:
S0421,接收配置信令;S0421, receive configuration signaling;
S0422,所述配置信令包含切换信息;S0422, the configuration signaling includes switching information;
S0423,若所述切换信息为第一切换信息,则所述配置信息还包含第一时刻和/或第二时刻,所述第一时刻和/或第二时刻为时间提前量有效时段;和/或,S0423, if the switching information is the first switching information, the configuration information also includes the first time and/or the second time, and the first time and/or the second time are the time advance valid period; and/ or,
S0424,若所述切换信息为第二切换信息,则根据validity duration for UL sync information或计时器信息得到时间提前量有效时段。S0424, if the switching information is the second switching information, obtain the time advance valid period according to the validity duration for UL sync information or the timer information.
S043,终端根据目标小区的时间提前量有效时段,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S043: The terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell.
可选地,根据目标小区的时间提前量有效时段,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区的具体实现方式包括:Optionally, the specific implementation method of switching to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell includes:
S0431:获取当前系统时间。S0431: Get the current system time.
S0432:若当前系统时间处于目标小区的时间提前量有效时段内,则基于时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区;S0432: If the current system time is within the time advance valid period of the target cell, switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance;
S0432:若当前系统时间处于目标小区的时间提前量有效时段外,则以随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S0432: If the current system time is outside the time advance valid period of the target cell, switch to the target cell in random access mode.
可选地,配置信令中还包括目标小区的时间提前量,终端接收到的配置信令中,包括目标小区的时间提前量以及对应的时间提前量有效时段。Optionally, the configuration signaling also includes the time advance of the target cell, and the configuration signaling received by the terminal includes the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding time advance valid period.
图12为本申请第五示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图,如图12所示,包括以下步骤:Figure 12 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the fifth exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, it includes the following steps:
S051,终端接收源小区发送的配置信令,配置信令中包含至少一个邻小区的星历参数和对应的时间提前量有效时段。S051. The terminal receives configuration signaling sent by the source cell. The configuration signaling includes the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the corresponding time advance valid period.
S052,终端根据邻小区的星历参数和终端的位置信息,确定目标小区的时间提前量。S052: The terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells and the location information of the terminal.
S053,终端基于当前系统时间和时间提前量有效时段,判断目标小区的时间提前量是否处于有效状态。S053: The terminal determines whether the time advance of the target cell is in a valid state based on the current system time and the time advance valid period.
S054,若处于有效状态,则基于目标小区的时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。和/或,S054, if it is in the valid state, switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell. and / or,
S055,若处于无效状态,则以随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S055, if it is in an invalid state, switch to the target cell in random access mode.
本实施例中,源小区向终端发送的配置信令中同时包含至少一个邻小区的星历参数,以及各邻小区对应的时间提前量有效时间,终端在接收到配置信令后,首先确定其中的目标小区,可选地,终端基于预设判断规则,确定上述多个小区中的目标小区,进而获得目标小区的星历参数。In this embodiment, the configuration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal also contains the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell and the time advance effective time corresponding to each neighboring cell. After receiving the configuration signaling, the terminal first determines which The target cell, optionally, the terminal determines the target cell among the plurality of cells based on the preset judgment rules, and then obtains the ephemeris parameters of the target cell.
可选地,配置信令中包括至少一个邻小区的星历参数,终端基于邻小区星历参数和/或条件测量参数,确认要执行条件切换的目标小区。可选地,条件测量参数包含以下至少一种:信号强度(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP)、信号质量(Reference Signal Received Quality,RSRQ)、信噪比(Signal to Interference&Noise Ratio,SINR)。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, and the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or conditional measurement parameters of the neighboring cells. Optionally, the condition measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP), signal quality (Reference Signal Received Quality, RSRQ), and signal-to-interference&Noise Ratio (SINR).
可选地,条件测量参数用于条件切换。Optionally, conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
可选地,配置信令中包括至少一个邻小区的星历参数。在第一种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,确定要执行条件切换的目标小区。可选地,上述步骤的具体实现方式包括:Optionally, the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell. In a first exemplary implementation, the terminal determines the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell. Optionally, specific implementation methods of the above steps include:
终端依据自身的位置信息以及各邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与邻小区间的距离,终端对计算后获得的距离进行排序,选择距离最短的邻小区作为条件切换的目标小区。The terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and neighboring cells based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell. The terminal sorts the calculated distances and selects the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell for conditional handover.
可选地,在第二种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据测量上述至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数(信号强度、信号质量、信噪比),确认要执行条件切换的目标小区。Optionally, in the second exemplary implementation, the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the condition measurement parameters (signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio) obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell.
可选地,终端依据测量上述至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,确认要执行条件切换的目标小区的实现方式,包括:Optionally, the terminal confirms the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号强度,将信号强度最大的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal strength of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号质量,将信号质量最好的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal quality of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the best signal quality as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信噪比,将信噪比最高的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,选择结果最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
可选地,在第三种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,以及测量至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,共同确定要执行条件切换的目标小区。Optionally, in the third exemplary implementation, the terminal jointly determines the conditional handover to be performed based on its own location information and ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell. Target neighborhood.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,以及测量至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,共同确定要执行条件切换的目标小区的实现方式,包括:Optionally, the terminal jointly determines the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号强度,将信号强度最大的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal strength of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号质量,将信号质量最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal quality of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the best signal quality is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信噪比,将信噪比最高的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,选择结果最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号强度,筛选满足信号强度条件(信号强度大于信号强度阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信号强度条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足信号强度条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal strength of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition (signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal strength condition, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号质量,筛选满足信号质量条件(信号质量大于信号质量阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信号质量条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足信号质量条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal quality of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions (signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal quality conditions, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信噪比,筛选满足信噪比条件(信噪比大于信噪比阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信噪比条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各信噪比条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition (the signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the above-mentioned cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition. The ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and the neighboring cells under each signal-to-noise ratio condition, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,筛选结果满足条件(阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and selects neighboring cells whose results meet the conditions (thresholds). After that, the terminal determines the results based on its own location information and the above conditions. The ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the conditions, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
可选地,在确定目标小区之后,终端基于当前系统时间和时间提前量有效时段,判断目标小区的时间提前量是否处于有效状态,若处于有效状态,则基于目标小区的时间提前量进行调整,并以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区,具体实现方式与上述实施例中的实现方式相同,不再赘述;而处于无效状态,则说明该小区时间提前量已过期,不进行小区切换。Optionally, after determining the target cell, the terminal determines whether the time advance of the target cell is in a valid state based on the current system time and the time advance valid period. If it is in a valid state, the terminal makes adjustments based on the time advance of the target cell. And it switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner. The specific implementation method is the same as that in the above embodiment and will not be described again. If it is in an invalid state, it means that the time advance of the cell has expired and no cell switching is performed.
通过在配置信令中携带时间提前量有效时段,避免超期导致的时间提前量偏差,提高终端进行小区切换过程的实时性和准确性。同时,网络设备可以更有效的预留无随机接入资源,提高资源有效利用率。By carrying the time advance valid period in the configuration signaling, time advance deviation caused by expiration is avoided, and the real-time performance and accuracy of the cell handover process of the terminal are improved. At the same time, network equipment can more effectively reserve non-random access resources and improve the effective utilization of resources.
可选地,所述配置信令为无线资源控制重配信令或媒体接入控制层控制单元信令。Optionally, the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
可选地,RRCReconfiguration中还包括目标小区的物理层参数,可选地,物理层参数包括以下至少一种:物理上行控制信道、物理上行共享信道;物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、部分带宽、同步信令块资源、信道状态信息参考信号资源、随机接入资源、频点信息、目标小区识别码。Optionally, RRCReconfiguration also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell. Optionally, the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink shared channel, partial bandwidth , synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification codes.
可选地,目标小区可以为地面小或非地面小区。当目标小区为地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为基站、gNB、eNB、BS。相应的,当目标小区为非地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机。Optionally, the target cell may be a small terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell. When the target cell is a terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS. Correspondingly, when the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
可选地,源小区基于终端上报的位置信息以及源小区的星历参数计算终端与源小区的时间提前量,通过源小区与目标小区时间提前量的差值确定发送的时间提前量。Optionally, the source cell calculates the timing advance between the terminal and the source cell based on the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameter of the source cell, and determines the sending timing advance based on the difference in the timing advance between the source cell and the target cell.
可选地,终端基于获得的时间提前量差值并进行补偿后,还原终端与目标小区的时间提 前量。终端依据现有与源小区的时间提前量加上获得的时间提前量还原终端与目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained time advance difference. The terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing time advance between the source cell and the obtained time advance.
可选地,终端的位置信息是经由测量报告中所携带,或者通过终端辅助信息信令提供。Optionally, the location information of the terminal is carried in the measurement report or provided through terminal auxiliary information signaling.
可选地,网络设备可以通过无线资源控制重配信令要求终端通过终端辅助信息上报辅助信息,所述要求包含一下至少一种:期望增加/减少连接态非连续接收长度、过热辅助信息,针对功耗节能偏好的非连续接收参数、针对功耗节能偏好的最大聚合带宽、针对功耗节能偏好的第二载波数量、针对功耗节能偏好的最大多输入多输出层数、针对功耗节能偏好的快载波调度最小调度偏移、偏好的RRC状态、用于测链路通信配置的授予辅助信息、提供参考信息、终端位置信息。可选地,星历参数包括以下至少一项:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、小区对应地球的轨道参数。可选地,非地面网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机等。小区对应地球的空间位置,可选地,例如为卫星的实际位置。终端的位置信息包括终端的全球定位导航系统(Global Navigation Satellite System,GNSS)位置或地心地固坐标系(Earth-Centered,Earth-Fixed,ECEF)。Optionally, the network device may require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling. The requirements include at least one of the following: a desire to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception length, overheating auxiliary information, for function Discontinuous reception parameters for power consumption and energy saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power consumption and energy saving preference, number of second carriers for power consumption and energy saving preference, maximum number of multiple input and multiple output layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, and Fast carrier scheduling minimum scheduling offset, preferred RRC status, grant auxiliary information for test link communication configuration, provision of reference information, and terminal location information. Optionally, the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameter of the cell corresponding to the earth. Optionally, non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc. The cell corresponds to the spatial position of the earth, optionally, for example, the actual position of the satellite. The location information of the terminal includes the terminal's Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) position or Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF (Earth-Centered, Earth-Fixed, ECEF) position.
图13为本申请第六示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图。Figure 13 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the sixth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
本申请提供的小区切换方法由终端执行,该终端能够与网络设备连接,终端例如可以是手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备等能够进行通信的设备。The cell switching method provided by this application is executed by a terminal, which can be connected to a network device. The terminal can be, for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, and other devices capable of communication.
如图13所示,本申请提供的小区切换方法,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 13, the cell switching method provided by this application includes the following steps:
S061,终端基于预设参数,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S061: The terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on preset parameters.
示例性地,预设参数是用于支持终端设备以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区的参数,可选地,预设参数可以是终端设备以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区时,需要使用的参数,例如时间提前量、目标小区物理层参数等;也可以是用于确定、生成上述终端设备以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区时,需要使用的参数的间接信息,例如位置信息、星历参数等。从而,使终端设备基于预设参数,可以实现以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区,避免随机接入过程造成的信令开销增加的问题,减少通信延迟。可选地,预设参数可以是其他终端设备、网络设备发送给执行步骤S061的终端设备的,也可以是基于用户指令或触发指令在终端设备生成的。Exemplarily, the preset parameters are parameters used to support the terminal device to switch to the target cell in a non-random access mode. Optionally, the preset parameters may be parameters that are required when the terminal device switches to the target cell in a non-random access mode. The parameters used, such as time advance, physical layer parameters of the target cell, etc.; can also be indirect information used to determine and generate the parameters that need to be used when the above-mentioned terminal equipment switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner, such as location information , ephemeris parameters, etc. Therefore, the terminal device can switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on preset parameters, thereby avoiding the problem of increased signaling overhead caused by the random access process and reducing communication delays. Optionally, the preset parameters may be sent by other terminal devices or network devices to the terminal device executing step S061, or may be generated at the terminal device based on user instructions or trigger instructions.
可选地,所述预设参数包括位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项。Optionally, the preset parameters include at least one of location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
可选地,所述目标小区为非地面小区或地面小区。Optionally, the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell.
可选地,S061的具体实现步骤包括:Optionally, the specific implementation steps of S061 include:
步骤S0611,基于预设参数确认时间提前量。Step S0611: Confirm the time advance based on preset parameters.
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设参数中包括时间提前量。In a possible implementation, the preset parameters include a time advance.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,预设参数中包括终端位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项,基于预设参数中的上述信息中的至少一项,确定时间提前量。具体实现过程可参见图6-图8所示实施例中确定时间提前量的相应步骤,此处不再赘述。In another possible implementation, the preset parameters include at least one of terminal location information, neighbor cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters. Based on at least one of the above information in the preset parameters, Determine the time advance. For the specific implementation process, please refer to the corresponding steps of determining the time advance in the embodiment shown in Figures 6 to 8, which will not be described again here.
步骤S0612,基于所述时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。Step S0612: Based on the time advance, switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner.
可选地,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区的具体实现方式,包括:基于所述目标小区对应的物理层参数,与所述目标小区进行同步;同步成功后,基于所述目标小区的时间提前量,向所述目标小区发送上行控制信息,和/或接收所述目标小区发送的下行控制信息;向目标小区发送无线资源控制重配完成信令来完成小区切换过程。Optionally, the specific implementation method of switching to the target cell in a non-random access manner includes: synchronizing with the target cell based on the physical layer parameters corresponding to the target cell; after the synchronization is successful, based on the physical layer parameters of the target cell Time advance, send uplink control information to the target cell, and/or receive downlink control information sent by the target cell; send radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling to the target cell to complete the cell handover process.
具体实现过程可参见图6-图8所示实施例中终端以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区的相应步骤,此处不再赘述。For the specific implementation process, please refer to the corresponding steps of the terminal switching to the target cell in a non-random access manner in the embodiments shown in Figures 6 to 8, which will not be described again here.
图14为本申请第七示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图。Figure 14 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the seventh exemplary embodiment of the present application.
本申请提供的小区切换方法在图13所示实施例的基础上,增加了获得预设参数的步骤。The cell switching method provided by this application is based on the embodiment shown in Figure 13, and adds the step of obtaining preset parameters.
如图14所示,本申请提供的小区切换方法,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 14, the cell switching method provided by this application includes the following steps:
S071,终端接收源小区发送的配置信令。S071: The terminal receives the configuration signaling sent by the source cell.
S072,终端根据配置信令,得到预设参数。S072: The terminal obtains preset parameters according to the configuration signaling.
S073,终端基于预设参数,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S073: The terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on preset parameters.
可选地,配置信令中包括目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell.
可选地,配置信令中包括邻小区星历参数和/或源小区星历参数。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or source cell ephemeris parameters.
可选地,预设参数中包括所述邻小区星历参数和/或源小区星历参数,所述邻小区星历参数和/或源小区星历参数由配置信令确定。Optionally, the preset parameters include the neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters, and the neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters are determined by configuration signaling.
可选地,所述配置信令为无线资源控制重配信令或媒体接入控制层控制单元信令。Optionally, the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中还包括目标小区的物理层参数,可选地,物理层参数包括以下至少一种:物理上行控制信道、物理上行共享信道;物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、部分带宽、同步信令块资源、信道状态信息参考信号资源、随机接入资源、频点信息、目标小区识别码。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell. Optionally, the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
可选地,目标小区可以为地面小区或非地面小区。当目标小区为地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为基站、gNB、eNB、BS。相应的,当目标小区为非地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机。可选地,终端基于获得的时间提前量差值并进行补偿后,还原终端与目标小区的时间提前量。终端依据现有与源小区的时间提前量加上获得的时间提前量还原终端与目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the target cell may be a terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell. When the target cell is a terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS. Correspondingly, when the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone. Optionally, the terminal restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained timing advance difference. The terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing time advance between the source cell and the obtained time advance.
可选地,终端的位置信息是经由测量报告中所携带,或者通过终端辅助信息信令提供。Optionally, the location information of the terminal is carried in the measurement report or provided through terminal auxiliary information signaling.
可选地,网络设备可以通过无线资源控制重配信令要求终端通过终端辅助信息上报辅助信息,上述要求包含以下至少一种:期望增加/减少连接态非连续接收长度、过热辅助信息,针对功耗节能偏好的非连续接收参数、针对功耗节能偏好的最大聚合带宽、针对功耗节能偏好的第二载波数量、针对功耗节能偏好的最大多输入多输出层数、针对功耗节能偏好的快载波调度最小调度偏移、偏好的RRC状态、用于测链路通信配置的授予辅助信息、提供参考信息、终端位置信息。Optionally, the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling. The above requirements include at least one of the following: Desiring to increase/reduce the connection state discontinuous reception length, overheating auxiliary information, and power consumption. Discontinuous reception parameters for energy-saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power-saving preference, number of second carriers for power-saving preference, maximum number of multiple-input multiple-output layers for power-saving preference, fast speed for power-saving preference Carrier scheduling minimum scheduling offset, preferred RRC status, grant auxiliary information for test link communication configuration, provision reference information, and terminal location information.
可选地,当预设参数中包括时间提前量,或者,包括所述邻小区星历参数和/或源小区星历参数时,步骤S073的具体实现方式与图13所示实施例中步骤S061的实现方式相同,可参见图13中相关介绍。Optionally, when the preset parameters include the time advance, or include the neighbor cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters, the specific implementation of step S073 is the same as step S061 in the embodiment shown in Figure 13 The implementation method is the same, please refer to the relevant introduction in Figure 13.
可选地,所述预设参数还包括时间提前量的有效时段。Optionally, the preset parameters also include a valid period of time advance.
可选地,当预设参数包括用于指示终端以基于时间的条件切换进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻。Optionally, when the preset parameters include first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching in a time-based conditional switching, the configuration signaling further includes the first moment and/or the second moment.
可选地,当预设参数包括用于指示终端以基于位置的条件切换进行小区切换,或者,指示终端以切换进行小区切换的第二切换信息时,所述预设参数还包括有效区间。Optionally, when the preset parameters include second handover information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based condition switching, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with handover, the preset parameters also include a valid interval.
可选地,时间提前量的有效时段可以通过配置信令确定。Optionally, the valid period of the timing advance can be determined through configuration signaling.
可选地,配置信令中包括时间提前量的有效时段,和/或第一时刻和/或第二时刻,和/或有效区间。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes a valid period of the time advance, and/or the first moment and/or the second moment, and/or the valid interval.
可选地,步骤S073的一种可能的实现方式包括:根据时间提前量的有效时段,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。Optionally, a possible implementation of step S073 includes: switching to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the valid period of the time advance.
具体实现过程可参见图10-图12所示实施例中获得时间提前量的有效时段,以及根据时间提前量的有效时段,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区的相应步骤,此处不再赘述。The specific implementation process can be seen in the embodiments shown in Figures 10 to 12 for obtaining the effective period of the time advance and the corresponding steps of switching to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the effective period of the time advance, which will not be discussed here. Repeat.
图15为本申请第六示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图。Figure 15 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the sixth exemplary embodiment of the present application.
本申请提供的小区切换方法由源小区对应的网络设备执行,该网络设备能够与终端连接,网络设备可以为地面网络设备,例如基站、gNB、eNB、BS,也可以为非地面网络设备,例如卫星、高空平台、无人机等。The cell switching method provided by this application is executed by the network equipment corresponding to the source cell. The network equipment can be connected to the terminal. The network equipment can be a terrestrial network equipment, such as a base station, gNB, eNB, BS, or a non-terrestrial network equipment, such as Satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc.
如图15所示,本实施例申请提供的小区切换方法,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 15, the cell switching method provided by this embodiment application includes the following steps:
S081,源小区确定目标小区的时间提前量。S081: The source cell determines the time advance of the target cell.
可选地,目标小区可以为地面小区或非地面小区。当目标小区为地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为基站;相应的,当目标小区为非地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机。Optionally, the target cell may be a terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell. When the target cell is a terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a base station; correspondingly, when the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
可选地,目标小区的时间提前量是网络设备基于终端的位置信息和邻小区的星历参数确定的。可选地,图16为本申请实施例提供的一种获得目标小区的时间提前量的流程示意图,如图16所示,包括:Optionally, the time advance of the target cell is determined by the network device based on the location information of the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells. Optionally, Figure 16 is a schematic flowchart of obtaining the timing advance of a target cell provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 16, it includes:
S0811,接收终端上报的位置信息。S0811. Receive the location information reported by the terminal.
S0812,获取邻小区的星历参数。S0812, obtain the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells.
S0813,据终端的位置信息和邻小区的星历参数,得到目标小区的时间提前量。S0813: Obtain the time advance of the target cell based on the location information of the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
可选地,终端的位置信息是经由测量报告(Measurement Report,MR)中所携带,或者通过终端辅助信息(UEAssistanceInformation,UAI)信令提供。Optionally, the location information of the terminal is carried in a measurement report (Measurement Report, MR) or provided through terminal assistance information (UEAssistanceInformation, UAI) signaling.
可选地,网络设备可以通过无线资源控制重配信令要求终端通过终端辅助信息上报辅助信息,上述要求包含以下至少一种:期望增加/减少连接态非连续接收(Discontinuous Reception,DRX)长度、过热辅助信息(Overheating assistance information),针对功 耗节能(Power saving)偏好(Preference)的非连续接收参数、针对功耗节能偏好的最大聚合带宽、针对功耗节能偏好的第二载波(Secondary Component Sarrier,SCC)数量、针对功耗节能偏好的最大多输入多输出(multiple-input and multiple-output,MIMO)层(Layer)数、针对功耗节能偏好的快载波调度最小调度偏移、偏好的RRC状态、用于测链路(Sidelink)通信配置的授予(Grant)辅助信息、提供参考信息、终端位置信息。Optionally, the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling. The above requirements include at least one of the following: expected to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) length, overheating Overheating assistance information, discontinuous reception parameters for power saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power saving preference, Secondary Component Sarrier for power saving preference, SCC) number, the maximum number of multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, the minimum scheduling offset of fast carrier scheduling for power consumption and energy saving preference, and the preferred RRC status , Grant auxiliary information, reference information, and terminal location information used for test link (Sidelink) communication configuration.
本实施例中,源小区通过接收终端上报的位置信息和邻小区的星历参数,在网络设备一侧确定与终端的位置相匹配的目标小区,并基于位置信息和目标小区的星历参数,确定对应的目标小区的时间提前量,从而提高终端切换至目标小区的平滑性。In this embodiment, the source cell determines the target cell that matches the position of the terminal on the network device side by receiving the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells, and based on the location information and the ephemeris parameters of the target cell, Determine the time advance of the corresponding target cell, thereby improving the smoothness of the terminal switching to the target cell.
可选地,星历参数包括以下至少一种:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、小区对应地球的轨道参数。可选地,非地面网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机等。非地面网络小区的空间位置,可选地,例如为卫星的实际位置。终端的位置信息包括终端的全球定位导航系统位置或地心地固坐标系。Optionally, the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameters of the cell corresponding to the earth. Optionally, non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc. The spatial location of the non-terrestrial network cell, optionally, is the actual location of the satellite, for example. The location information of the terminal includes the global positioning and navigation system position of the terminal or the geocentric fixed coordinate system.
S082,源小区向终端发送配置信令,配置信令中包含目标小区的时间提前量,使终端基于所述目标小区的时间提前量以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S082: The source cell sends configuration signaling to the terminal. The configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell, so that the terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
网络设备确定目标小区的时间提前量后,将时间提前量携带在配置信令中,发送给终端,使终端能够基于配置信令中包含的目标小区的时间提前量进行调整,从而以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。After the network device determines the time advance of the target cell, it carries the time advance in the configuration signaling and sends it to the terminal, so that the terminal can make adjustments based on the time advance of the target cell included in the configuration signaling, so as to avoid random access. Switch the entry mode to the target community.
可选地,配置信令可以为无线资源控制重配信令或媒体接入控制层控制单元信令。Optionally, the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中还包括目标小区的物理层参数,可选地,物理层参数包括以下至少一种:物理上行控制信道、物理上行共享信道;物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、部分带宽、同步信令块资源、信道状态信息参考信号资源、随机接入资源、频点信息、目标小区识别码。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell. Optionally, the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
可选地,当终端以该时间提前量执行无随机接入切换至目标小区失败后,则改以执行随机接入方式切换至目标小区。Optionally, when the terminal fails to perform handover to the target cell without random access using the time advance amount, it switches to the target cell in a random access manner.
可选地,S082之后,由网络设备执行的步骤还包括:Optionally, after S082, the steps performed by the network device also include:
源小区向目标小区发送SN status transfer信令。The source cell sends SN status transfer signaling to the target cell.
可选地,SN status transfer信令中包含分组数据汇聚协议序列号(PDCP sequence number),使目标小区得到源小区的数据传输情况,从而在终端切换至目标小区后,继续传输未完成的数据。Optionally, the SN status transfer signaling contains the packet data convergence protocol sequence number (PDCP sequence number), so that the target cell can obtain the data transmission status of the source cell, so that after the terminal switches to the target cell, it can continue to transmit unfinished data.
本实施例中,源小区通过接收终端上报的位置信息和邻小区的星历参数,确定与终端的位置相匹配的目标小区的时间提前量,并将目标小区的时间提前量发送至终端进行配置,使终端不再需要执行随机接入的步骤,降低小区切换过程中的信令开销,提高终端的切换至目标小区的平滑性。In this embodiment, the source cell determines the time advance of the target cell that matches the position of the terminal by receiving the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells, and sends the time advance of the target cell to the terminal for configuration. , the terminal no longer needs to perform random access steps, reduces the signaling overhead in the cell handover process, and improves the smoothness of the terminal's handover to the target cell.
图17为本申请第七示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图。本申请提供的小区切换方法由源小区对应的网络设备执行,如图17所示,本实施例申请提供的小区切换方法,包括以下步骤:Figure 17 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the seventh exemplary embodiment of the present application. The cell switching method provided by this application is executed by the network device corresponding to the source cell. As shown in Figure 17, the cell switching method provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
S091,源小区接收终端上报的位置信息和获取邻小区的星历参数。S091. The source cell receives the location information reported by the terminal and obtains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
S092,源小区根据终端的位置信息和邻小区的星历参数确定第一时间提前量。S092: The source cell determines the first time advance based on the location information of the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
S093,源小区根据第一时间提前量和源小区的时间提前量,确定差值时间提前量。S093: The source cell determines the difference time advance based on the first time advance and the time advance of the source cell.
S094,源小区向终端发送配置信令,配置信令中包含差值时间提前量,使终端基于差值时间提前量确定目标小区的时间提前量,并基于目标小区的时间提前量以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S094. The source cell sends configuration signaling to the terminal. The configuration signaling contains the difference time advance, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the difference time advance, and determines the time advance of the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell without random access. Switch the entry mode to the target community.
示例性地,本实施例中,步骤S091-S092中确定第一时间提前量的具体实现方式,与图16所示实施例中确定目标小区时间提前量的方式相同,本实施例中的第一时间提前量即为图16所示实施例中确定的目标时间提前量,此处不对此进行赘述,具体可参见图16所示实施例中介绍。Illustratively, in this embodiment, the specific implementation manner of determining the first time advance amount in steps S091-S092 is the same as the method of determining the target cell time advance amount in the embodiment shown in Figure 16. The first time advance amount in this embodiment is The time advance is the target time advance determined in the embodiment shown in Figure 16, which will not be described in detail here. For details, please refer to the introduction in the embodiment shown in Figure 16.
可选地,源小区的时间提前量,即终端接入源小区时(即当前)的时间提前量。源小区通过与之前获得的第一时间提前量作差值计算得到差值时间提前量,并将差值时间提前量通过配置信令发送至终端,使终端能够基于源小区的时间提前量,还原出目标时间提前量,进而基于目标时间提前量进行调整,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。由于差值时间提前量相比于目标小区时间提前量的信令体积更小,因此通过传输差值时间提前量并在终端一侧还原为目标小区的时间提前量的方式来向终端发送目标小区的时间提前量,可以降低网络负载, 减低数据传输负载。Optionally, the time advance of the source cell is the time advance when the terminal accesses the source cell (that is, currently). The source cell calculates the difference time advance by making a difference with the previously obtained first time advance, and sends the difference time advance to the terminal through configuration signaling, so that the terminal can restore the time advance based on the time advance of the source cell. The target time advance is obtained, and then the system is adjusted based on the target time advance to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner. Since the signaling volume of the difference time advance is smaller than that of the target cell time advance, the target cell is sent to the terminal by transmitting the difference time advance and restoring it to the time advance of the target cell on the terminal side. The time advance can reduce the network load and reduce the data transmission load.
可选地,源小区基于终端上报的位置信息以及源小区的星历参数计算终端与源小区的时间提前量,通过源小区与目标小区时间提前量的差值确定发送的时间提前量。Optionally, the source cell calculates the timing advance between the terminal and the source cell based on the location information reported by the terminal and the ephemeris parameter of the source cell, and determines the sending timing advance based on the difference in the timing advance between the source cell and the target cell.
可选地,终端基于获得的时间提前量差值并进行补偿后,还原终端与目标小区的时间提前量。终端依据现有与源小区的时间提前量加上获得的时间提前量还原终端与目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the terminal restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained timing advance difference. The terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing time advance between the source cell and the obtained time advance.
可选地,终端的位置信息是经由测量报告(Measurement Report,MR)中所携带,或者通过终端辅助信息(UEAssistanceInformation,UAI)信令提供。Optionally, the location information of the terminal is carried in a measurement report (Measurement Report, MR) or provided through terminal assistance information (UEAssistanceInformation, UAI) signaling.
可选地,网络设备可以通过无线资源控制重配信令要求终端通过终端辅助信息上报辅助信息,上述要求包含以下至少一种:期望增加/减少连接态非连续接收(Discontinuous Reception,DRX)长度、过热辅助信息(Overheating assistance information),针对功耗节能(Power saving)偏好(Preference)的非连续接收参数、针对功耗节能偏好的最大聚合带宽、针对功耗节能偏好的第二载波(Secondary Component Sarrier,SCC)数量、针对功耗节能偏好的最大多输入多输出(multiple-input and multiple-output,MIMO)层(Layer)数、针对功耗节能偏好的快载波调度最小调度偏移、偏好的RRC状态、用于测链路(Sidelink)通信配置的授予(Gtant)辅助信息、提供参考信息、终端位置信息Optionally, the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling. The above requirements include at least one of the following: expected to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) length, overheating Overheating assistance information, discontinuous reception parameters for power saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power saving preference, Secondary Component Sarrier for power saving preference, SCC) number, the maximum number of multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, the minimum scheduling offset of fast carrier scheduling for power consumption and energy saving preference, and the preferred RRC status , grant (Gtant) auxiliary information for test link (Sidelink) communication configuration, provide reference information, terminal location information
可选地,配置信令可以为无线资源控制重配信令或媒体接入控制层控制单元信令。Optionally, the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中还包括目标小区的物理层参数,可选地,物理层参数包括以下至少一种:物理上行控制信道、物理上行共享信道;物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、部分带宽、同步信令块资源、信道状态信息参考信号资源、随机接入资源、频点信息、目标小区识别码。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell. Optionally, the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
可选地,星历参数包括以下至少一种:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、小区对应地球的轨道参数。非地面网络设备例如为卫星、高空平台、无人机。可选地,终端的位置信息包括终端的全球定位导航系统。Optionally, the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameters of the cell corresponding to the earth. Non-terrestrial network equipment is, for example, satellites, high-altitude platforms, and drones. Optionally, the location information of the terminal includes the global positioning navigation system of the terminal.
图18为本申请第八示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图。本申请提供的小区切换方法由源小区对应的网络设备执行,如图18所示,本实施例申请提供的小区切换方法,包括以下步骤:Figure 18 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the eighth exemplary embodiment of the present application. The cell switching method provided by this application is executed by the network device corresponding to the source cell. As shown in Figure 18, the cell switching method provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
S101,源小区获取邻小区的星历参数。S101. The source cell obtains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells.
示例性地,源小区通过与相邻小区进行通信,一种可能的实现方式中,源小区通过向至少一个邻小区发送切换请求(Handover Request),得到各邻小区返回的切换请求应答(Handover Request Acknowledge),并从切换请求应答中获得邻小区实时的的星历参数。另一种可能的实现方式中,各邻小区的星历参数预存在源小区对应的网络设备中,基于预设的规则进行同步,例如,源小区每间隔预设周期性对邻小区的星历参数进行同步。For example, the source cell communicates with neighboring cells. In a possible implementation, the source cell sends a handover request (Handover Request) to at least one neighboring cell, and obtains a handover request response (Handover Request) returned by each neighboring cell. Acknowledge), and obtain the real-time ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cell from the handover request response. In another possible implementation, the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell are pre-stored in the network equipment corresponding to the source cell, and synchronization is performed based on preset rules. For example, the source cell periodically synchronizes the ephemeris of neighboring cells at preset intervals. Parameters are synchronized.
可选地,星历参数包括以下至少一项:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、小区对应地球的轨道参数。可选地,非地面网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机等。小区对应的非地面网络设备的空间位置,可选地,例如为卫星、高空平台、无人机的实际位置。Optionally, the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameter of the cell corresponding to the earth. Optionally, non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc. The spatial location of the non-terrestrial network equipment corresponding to the cell, optionally, for example, the actual location of satellites, high-altitude platforms, and drones.
S102,源小区向终端发送配置信令,配置信令中包含邻小区的星历参数,使终端通过所述配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量,并基于所述目标小区的时间提前量以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S102. The source cell sends configuration signaling to the terminal. The configuration signaling contains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell through the configuration signaling, and based on the time advance of the target cell, There is no random access method to switch to the target cell.
示例性地,源小区得到各邻小区的星历参数后,将各邻小区的星历参数携带在配置信令中,发送给终端。使终端在接收到配置信令后,能够基于配置信令中包含的星历参数,确定目标小区,进而获得目标小区的时间提前量。之后,终端可基于该目标小区的时间提前量进行调整,并以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。For example, after the source cell obtains the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell, it carries the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell in the configuration signaling and sends it to the terminal. After receiving the configuration signaling, the terminal can determine the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters included in the configuration signaling, and thereby obtain the time advance of the target cell. Afterwards, the terminal can adjust based on the timing advance of the target cell, and switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中包括至少一个邻小区的星历参数,终端基于邻小区星历参数和/或条件测量参数,确认要执行条件切换的目标小区终端。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, and the terminal confirms the target cell terminal to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or conditional measurement parameters of the neighboring cells.
可选地,条件测量参数包含以下至少一种:信号强度(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP)、信号质量(Reference Signal Received Quality,RSRQ)、信噪比(Signal to Interference&Noise Ratio,SINR)。Optionally, the condition measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP), signal quality (Reference Signal Received Quality, RSRQ), and signal-to-interference&Noise Ratio (SINR).
可选地,条件测量参数用于条件切换。Optionally, conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中包括至少一个邻小区的星历参数。在第一种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,确定要执行条件切换的目标小区。可选地,上述步骤的具体实现方式包括:Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell. In a first exemplary implementation, the terminal determines the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell. Optionally, specific implementation methods of the above steps include:
终端依据自身的位置信息以及各邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与邻小区间的距离,终端对计算后获得的距离进行排序,选择距离最短的邻小区作为条件切换的目标小区。The terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and neighboring cells based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell. The terminal sorts the calculated distances and selects the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell for conditional handover.
可选地,在第二种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据测量上述至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数(信号强度、信号质量、信噪比),确认要执行条件切换的目标小区。Optionally, in the second exemplary implementation, the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the condition measurement parameters (signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio) obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell.
可选地,终端依据测量上述至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,确认要执行条件切换的目标小区的实现方式,包括:Optionally, the terminal confirms the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号强度,将信号强度最大的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal strength of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号质量,将信号质量最好的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal quality of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the best signal quality as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信噪比,将信噪比最高的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,选择结果最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
可选地,在第三种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,以及测量至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,共同确定要执行条件切换的目标小区。Optionally, in the third exemplary implementation, the terminal jointly determines the conditional handover to be performed based on its own location information and ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell. Target neighborhood.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,以及测量至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,共同确定要执行条件切换的目标小区的实现方式,包括:Optionally, the terminal jointly determines the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号强度,将信号强度最大的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal strength of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号质量,将信号质量最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal quality of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the best signal quality is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信噪比,将信噪比最高的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,选择结果最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号强度,筛选满足信号强度条件(信号强度大于信号强度阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信号强度条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足信号强度条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal strength of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition (signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal strength condition, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号质量,筛选满足信号质量条件(信号质量大于信号质量阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信号质量条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足信号质量条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal quality of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions (signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal quality conditions, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信噪比,筛选满足信噪比条件(信噪比大于信噪比阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信噪比条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各信噪比条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition (the signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the above-mentioned cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition. The ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and the neighboring cells under each signal-to-noise ratio condition, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,筛选结果满足条件(阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and selects neighboring cells whose results meet the conditions (thresholds). After that, the terminal determines the results based on its own location information and the above conditions. The ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the conditions, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
可选地,配置信令可以为无线资源控制重配信令或媒体接入控制层控制单元信令。Optionally, the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中还包括目标小区的物理层参数,可选地,物理层参数包括以下至少一种:物理上行控制信道、物理上行共享信道;物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、部分带宽、同步信令块资源、信道状态信息参考信号资源、随机接入资源、频点信息、目标小区识别码。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell. Optionally, the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
本实施例中,源小区通过获取邻小区的星历参数,并将邻小区的星历参数通过配置信令发送至终端,无需在源小区一侧进行时间提前量计算,降低源小区的计算负载,提高在大量终端接入的场景下网络设备的稳定性,同时使终端可以基于邻小区的星历参数来确定目标小区的时间提前量,实现无随机接入的小区切换,降低小区切换过程中的信令开销,提高终端 的执行切换的平滑性。In this embodiment, the source cell obtains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells and sends the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells to the terminal through configuration signaling. There is no need to perform time advance calculation on the source cell side, thereby reducing the calculation load of the source cell. , improve the stability of network equipment in scenarios where a large number of terminals access, and at the same time enable terminals to determine the time advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells, achieve cell handover without random access, and reduce the cost of cell handover during the cell handover process. This reduces the signaling overhead and improves the smoothness of the terminal's execution handover.
本实施例中源小区与终端之间的信令交互过程,可参见图8所示实施例中源小区与终端之间的信令交互过程,此处不再赘述。For the signaling interaction process between the source cell and the terminal in this embodiment, please refer to the signaling interaction process between the source cell and the terminal in the embodiment shown in Figure 8, which will not be described again here.
图19为本申请第九示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图。如图19所示,本实施例申请提供的小区切换方法,包括以下步骤:Figure 19 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the ninth exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 19, the cell switching method provided in this embodiment application includes the following steps:
S111,源小区获取至少一个邻小区的星历参数和终端的位置信息。S111. The source cell obtains the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell and the location information of the terminal.
示例性地,示例性地,源小区对应的网络设备通过终端上报的位置信息获得终端的位置信息;而源小区进一步获取邻小区的星历参数。一种可能的实现方式中,源小区通过向至少一个邻小区发送切换请求,得到各邻小区返回的切换请求应答,并从切换请求应答中获得邻小区实时的星历参数。另一种可能的实现方式中,各邻小区的星历参数预存在源小区对应的网络设备中,基于预设的规则进行同步,例如,源小区每间隔预设周期性对邻小区的星历参数进行同步。Exemplarily, the network device corresponding to the source cell obtains the location information of the terminal through the location information reported by the terminal; and the source cell further obtains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells. In one possible implementation, the source cell sends a handover request to at least one neighboring cell, obtains a handover request response returned by each neighboring cell, and obtains the real-time ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cell from the handover request response. In another possible implementation, the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell are pre-stored in the network equipment corresponding to the source cell, and synchronization is performed based on preset rules. For example, the source cell periodically synchronizes the ephemeris of neighboring cells at preset intervals. Parameters are synchronized.
可选地,星历参数包括以下至少一项:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、小区对应地球的轨道参数。可选地,非地面网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机等。小区对应的非地面网络设备的空间位置,可选地,例如为卫星、高空平台、无人机的实际位置。可选地,终端的位置信息包括终端的全球定位导航系统位置或地心地固坐标系。Optionally, the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameter of the cell corresponding to the earth. Optionally, non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc. The spatial location of the non-terrestrial network equipment corresponding to the cell, optionally, for example, the actual location of satellites, high-altitude platforms, and drones. Optionally, the location information of the terminal includes the terminal's global positioning navigation system location or geocentric fixed coordinate system.
S112,源小区根据至少一个邻小区的星历参数和终端的位置信息,确定目标小区。S112: The source cell determines the target cell based on the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the location information of the terminal.
示例性地,源小区根据星历参数和终端的位置信息,将与终端最匹配的邻小区,确定为目标小区。一种可能的实现方式中,根据邻小区对应的网络设备(例如卫星)的空间位置或参考位置与终端的位置之间的距离,将距离终端最近的邻小区,确定为目标小区。For example, the source cell determines the neighboring cell that best matches the terminal as the target cell based on the ephemeris parameter and the location information of the terminal. In one possible implementation, the neighboring cell closest to the terminal is determined as the target cell based on the spatial position or the distance between the reference position of the network device (such as a satellite) corresponding to the neighboring cell and the position of the terminal.
另一种可能的实现方式中,根据终端与邻小区之间有最短的时间提前量的邻小区,确定为目标小区。In another possible implementation, the neighboring cell with the shortest time advance between the terminal and the neighboring cell is determined as the target cell.
S113,源小区向终端发送配置信令,配置信令中包目标小区的星历参数,使终端通过所述配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量,并基于所述目标小区的时间提前量以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S113. The source cell sends configuration signaling to the terminal, and the configuration signaling includes the ephemeris parameters of the target cell, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell through the configuration signaling, and based on the time advance of the target cell, There is no random access method to switch to the target cell.
示例性地,在确定目标小区后,获取目标小区的星历参数,并将目标小区的星历参数携带在配置信令中,发送给终端。使终端在接收到配置信令后,能够获得配置信令中包含目标小区的星历参数。之后,终端可直接基于目标小区的星历参数和终端自身的位置信息,计算目标小区的时间提前量,并基于目标小区的时间提前量进行配置,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。Exemplarily, after the target cell is determined, the ephemeris parameters of the target cell are obtained, and the ephemeris parameters of the target cell are carried in the configuration signaling and sent to the terminal. After receiving the configuration signaling, the terminal can obtain the ephemeris parameters of the target cell included in the configuration signaling. Afterwards, the terminal can directly calculate the time advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of the target cell and the terminal's own location information, and perform configuration based on the time advance of the target cell to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner.
可选地,配置信令可以为无线资源控制重配信令或媒体接入控制层控制单元信令。Optionally, the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中还包括目标小区的物理层参数,可选地,物理层参数包括以下至少一种:物理上行控制信道、物理上行共享信道;物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、部分带宽、同步信令块资源、信道状态信息参考信号资源、随机接入资源、频点信息、目标小区识别码。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell. Optionally, the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
可选地,目标小区可以为地面小或非地面小区。当目标小区为地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为基站、gNB、eNB、BS。相应的,当目标小区为非地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机。Optionally, the target cell may be a small terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell. When the target cell is a terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS. Correspondingly, when the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
可选地,所述目标小区的时间提前量是基于终端位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项确认。Optionally, the time advance of the target cell is confirmed based on at least one of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
可选地,终端的位置信息是经由测量报告(Measurement Report,MR)中所携带,或者通过终端辅助信息(UEAssistanceInformation,UAI)信令提供。Optionally, the location information of the terminal is carried in a measurement report (Measurement Report, MR) or provided through terminal assistance information (UEAssistanceInformation, UAI) signaling.
可选地,网络设备可以通过无线资源控制重配信令要求终端通过终端辅助信息上报辅助信息,上述要求包含以下至少一种:期望增加/减少连接态非连续接收(Discontinuous Reception,DRX)长度、过热辅助信息(Overheating assistance information),针对功耗节能(Power saving)偏好(Preference)的非连续接收参数、针对功耗节能偏好的最大聚合带宽、针对功耗节能偏好的第二载波(Secondary Component Sarrier,SCC)数量、针对功耗节能偏好的最大多输入多输出(multiple-input and multiple-output,MIMO)层(Layer)数、针对功耗节能偏好的快载波调度最小调度偏移、偏好的RRC状态、用于测链路(Sidelink)通信配置的授予(Gtant)辅助信息、提供参考信息、终端位置信息。Optionally, the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling. The above requirements include at least one of the following: expected to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) length, overheating Overheating assistance information, discontinuous reception parameters for power saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power saving preference, Secondary Component Sarrier for power saving preference, SCC) number, the maximum number of multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, the minimum scheduling offset of fast carrier scheduling for power consumption and energy saving preference, and the preferred RRC status , grant (Gtant) auxiliary information, provide reference information, and terminal location information for test link (Sidelink) communication configuration.
本实施例中,源小区对应的网络设备在获得至少一个邻小区的星历参数后,首先基于终端的位置信息对邻小区进行筛选,得到其中与终端最匹配的小区,即目标小区,之后,将目 标小区的星历参数通过配置信令发送给终端进行配置,降低终端一侧的数据处理量和计算负载,降低计算目标小区的时间提前量的耗时,并使终端以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区,降低小区切换过程中的信令开销,提高终端的通信质量。In this embodiment, after obtaining the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell, the network device corresponding to the source cell first filters the neighboring cells based on the location information of the terminal to obtain the cell that best matches the terminal, that is, the target cell. After that, The ephemeris parameters of the target cell are sent to the terminal for configuration through configuration signaling, which reduces the data processing volume and calculation load on the terminal side, reduces the time-consuming calculation of the time advance of the target cell, and enables the terminal to operate in a non-random access manner. Switching to the target cell reduces the signaling overhead during cell switching and improves the communication quality of the terminal.
本实施例中源小区与终端之间的信令交互过程,可参见图8所示实施例中源小区与终端之间的信令交互过程,此处不再赘述。For the signaling interaction process between the source cell and the terminal in this embodiment, please refer to the signaling interaction process between the source cell and the terminal in the embodiment shown in Figure 8, which will not be described again here.
图20为本申请第十示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图。本申请提供的小区切换方法由源小区对应的网络设备执行,如图20所示,本实施例申请提供的小区切换方法,包括以下步骤:Figure 20 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the tenth exemplary embodiment of the present application. The cell switching method provided by this application is executed by the network device corresponding to the source cell. As shown in Figure 20, the cell switching method provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:
S121,源小区获取目标小区的时间提前量有效时段。S121. The source cell obtains the time advance effective period of the target cell.
S122,源小区发送配置信令,配置信令中包括目标小区的时间提前量和对应的有效时段,以使终端根据目标小区的时间提前量有效时段,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S122. The source cell sends configuration signaling. The configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding valid period, so that the terminal switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance valid period of the target cell.
示例性地,时间提前量有效时段是指小区时间提前量对应的有效时间区间,若当前时间(例如系统时间)位于时间提前量有效时段内时,该时间提前量有效;若当前时间位于时间提前量有效时段外时,该时间提前量无效。示例性地,目标小区的时间提前量有效时段是由源小区提供的,或者,是目标小区发送给源小区的,可选地,通过源小区转发给终端。For example, the time advance valid period refers to the valid time interval corresponding to the cell time advance. If the current time (such as system time) is within the time advance valid period, the time advance is valid; if the current time is within the time advance valid period, the time advance is valid. When the amount is outside the effective period, the time advance amount is invalid. For example, the time advance valid period of the target cell is provided by the source cell, or is sent by the target cell to the source cell, and optionally forwarded to the terminal through the source cell.
可选地,目标小区可以为地面小区或非地面小区。当目标小区为非地面小区时,相应的,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机。Optionally, the target cell may be a terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell. When the target cell is a non-ground cell, correspondingly, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
可选地,当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于时间的CHO进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻;当配置信令包括第二切换信息时所述配置信令包括有效区间。可选地,第二切换信息为条件切换(即源小区以基于位置的CHO方式指示终端进行小区切换)时,或者,所述第二切换信息为一般切换(即源小区以HO方式指示终端进行小区切换)时,配置信令还包括有效区间。示例性地,第一时刻表征所述目标小区的时间提前量的有效时段的起始时刻;所述第二时刻表征所述目标小区的时间提前量的有效时段的结束时刻。Optionally, when the configuration signaling includes the first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with time-based CHO, the configuration signaling also includes the first moment and/or the second moment; when the configuration signaling includes In the second switching information, the configuration signaling includes a valid interval. Optionally, the second handover information is a conditional handover (that is, the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in a location-based CHO manner), or the second handover information is a general handover (that is, the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell handover in a HO manner). During cell handover), the configuration signaling also includes the valid interval. For example, the first moment represents the starting moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell; the second moment represents the end moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell.
可选地,第一时刻以具体的系统时间形式提供,第二时刻以差值的方式提供,具体通过第一时刻加上第二时刻差值以获取第二时刻具体的系统时间。Optionally, the first time is provided in the form of a specific system time, and the second time is provided in the form of a difference. Specifically, the specific system time at the second time is obtained by adding the difference between the first time and the second time.
可选地,配置信令可以为源小区发送给终端的无线资源控制重配信令。若源小区以Timer-based CHO方式指示终端进行小区切换,则配置信令包括第一切换信息、第一时刻和/或第二时刻,通过第一时刻和/或第二时刻来指示时间提前量有效时段。Optionally, the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal. If the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in the Timer-based CHO mode, the configuration signaling includes the first switching information, the first moment and/or the second moment, and the time advance is indicated by the first moment and/or the second moment. Valid period.
可选地,若源小区以Location-based CHO方式指示终端进行小区切换,则配置信令还包括新引入的计时器,指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段。另一种可能的实现方式中,指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段以validity duration for UL sync information信息来指示。若源小区以HO方式指示终端进行小区切换,则配置信令还包括新引入的计时器,指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段。另一种可能的实现方式中,指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段以validity duration for UL sync information信息来指示。可选地,新引入的计时器或validity duration for UL sync information位于目标小区系统消息中。可选地,目标小区系统消息可以是非地面网路特定系统消息(NTN specific system information),例如但不限于:系统消息19(SIB19)。Optionally, if the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in the Location-based CHO mode, the configuration signaling also includes a newly introduced timer to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell. In another possible implementation, the time advance validity period indicating the target cell is indicated by validity duration for UL sync information. If the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell handover in HO mode, the configuration signaling also includes a newly introduced timer to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell. In another possible implementation, the time advance validity period indicating the target cell is indicated by validity duration for UL sync information. Optionally, the newly introduced timer or validity duration for UL sync information is located in the target cell system message. Optionally, the target cell system information may be non-terrestrial network specific system information (NTN specific system information), such as but not limited to: system message 19 (SIB19).
在一种可能的实现方式中,配置信令中还包括目标小区的时间提前量。源小区向终端发送的配置信令中,包括目标小区的时间提前量和对应的时间提前量有效时段。终端接收到配置信令后,基于目标小区的时间提前量和对应的时间量提前有效时段,对目标小区的时间提前量的有效性进行判断,若该目标小区的时间提前量有效,例如当前系统时间处于目标小区的时间提前量有效时段内,则基于时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区;若时间提前量无效,例如当前系统时间处于目标小区的时间提前量有效时段外,则以随机接入方式切换至目标小区。具体实现方式与本实施例中之前介绍的使终端根据目标小区的时间提前量有效时段,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区的实现方式相同,此处不再赘述。In a possible implementation, the configuration signaling also includes the timing advance of the target cell. The configuration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal includes the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding time advance valid period. After receiving the configuration signaling, the terminal determines the validity of the time advance of the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding time advance effective period. If the time advance of the target cell is valid, for example, the current system If the time is within the time advance valid period of the target cell, then based on the time advance, the system will switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner; if the time advance is invalid, for example, the current system time is outside the time advance valid period of the target cell, Then it is switched to the target cell in a random access manner. The specific implementation method is the same as the implementation method of enabling the terminal to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell as described previously in this embodiment, and will not be described again here.
本实施例中源小区与终端之间的信令交互过程,可参见图10所示实施例中源小区与终端之间的信令交互过程,此处不再赘述。For the signaling interaction process between the source cell and the terminal in this embodiment, please refer to the signaling interaction process between the source cell and the terminal in the embodiment shown in Figure 10, which will not be described again here.
图21为本申请第十一示例性实施例示出的小区切换方法的信令交互图。如图21所示,本实施例申请提供的小区切换方法,包括以下步骤:Figure 21 is a signaling interaction diagram of the cell switching method shown in the eleventh exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 21, the cell switching method provided in this embodiment application includes the following steps:
S131,源小区获取至少一个邻小区的星历参数和各邻小区对应的时间提前量有效时段。S131: The source cell obtains the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the time advance valid period corresponding to each neighboring cell.
S132,源小区向终端发送配置信令,配置信令中包含邻小区的星历参数和对应的时间提前量有效时段。S132. The source cell sends configuration signaling to the terminal. The configuration signaling includes the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cell and the corresponding time advance valid period.
S133,终端确定目标小区,根据邻小区的星历参数和对应的时间提前量有效时段,确定目标小区的时间提前量,并基于目标小区的时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。S133. The terminal determines the target cell, determines the time advance of the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells and the corresponding time advance valid period, and switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell. .
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中包括至少一个邻小区的星历参数和/或条件测量参数,终端基于邻小区星历参数和/或条件测量参数,确认要执行条件切换的目标小区。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes ephemeris parameters and/or condition measurement parameters of at least one neighboring cell. The terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or condition measurement parameters of the neighboring cell.
可选地,条件测量参数包含以下至少一种:信号强度(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP)、信号质量(Reference Signal Received Quality,RSRQ)、信噪比(Signal to Interference&Noise Ratio,SINR)。Optionally, the condition measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP), signal quality (Reference Signal Received Quality, RSRQ), and signal-to-interference&Noise Ratio (SINR).
可选地,条件测量参数用于条件切换。Optionally, conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中包括至少一个邻小区的星历参数。在第一种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,确定要执行条件切换的目标小区。可选地,上述步骤的具体实现方式包括:Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell. In a first exemplary implementation, the terminal determines the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell. Optionally, specific implementation methods of the above steps include:
终端依据自身的位置信息以及各邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与邻小区间的距离,终端对计算后获得的距离进行排序,选择距离最短的邻小区作为条件切换的目标小区。The terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and neighboring cells based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of each neighboring cell. The terminal sorts the calculated distances and selects the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell for conditional handover.
可选地,在第二种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据测量上述至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数(信号强度、信号质量、信噪比),确认要执行条件切换的目标小区。Optionally, in the second exemplary implementation, the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the condition measurement parameters (signal strength, signal quality, signal-to-noise ratio) obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell.
可选地,终端依据测量上述至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,确认要执行条件切换的目标小区的实现方式,包括:Optionally, the terminal confirms the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号强度,将信号强度最大的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal strength of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号质量,将信号质量最好的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal quality of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the best signal quality as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信噪比,将信噪比最高的邻小区,作为目标小区;Optionally, measure the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and use the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio as the target cell;
可选地,测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,选择结果最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
可选地,在第三种示例性的实现方式中,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,以及测量至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,共同确定要执行条件切换的目标小区。Optionally, in the third exemplary implementation, the terminal jointly determines the conditional handover to be performed based on its own location information and ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell. Target neighborhood.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,以及测量至少一个邻小区获得的条件测量参数,共同确定要执行条件切换的目标小区的实现方式,包括:Optionally, the terminal jointly determines the implementation method of the target cell to perform conditional handover based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, as well as the conditional measurement parameters obtained by measuring at least one neighboring cell, including:
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号强度,将信号强度最大的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal strength of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal strength is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号质量,将信号质量最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the screening distance condition. In the cell, the signal quality of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the best signal quality is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信噪比,将信噪比最高的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the filtering distance condition. In the cell, the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell is measured, and the neighboring cell with the highest signal-to-noise ratio is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端依据自身的位置信息以及至少一个邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各邻小区间的距离;之后,终端筛选满足距离条件的邻小区,再从上述满足筛选距离条件的邻小区中,测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,选择结果最好的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal calculates the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell based on its own location information and the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell; then, the terminal filters neighboring cells that meet the distance condition, and then selects the neighboring cells that meet the filtering distance condition. In the cell, the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell are measured, and the neighboring cell with the best result is selected as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号强度,筛选满足信号强度条件(信号强度大于信号强度阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信号强度条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足信号强度条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal strength of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition (signal strength is greater than the signal strength threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal strength condition. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal strength condition, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号质量,筛选满足信号质量条件(信号质量大于信号质量阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信号质量条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足信号质量条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal quality of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions (signal quality is greater than the signal quality threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the ephemeris of the neighboring cells that meet the signal quality conditions. Parameters, calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the signal quality conditions, and use the neighboring cell with the shortest distance as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信噪比,筛选满足信噪比条件(信噪比大于信噪比阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足信噪比条件的邻小区的星历参数, 计算终端与各信噪比条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell and selects neighboring cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition (the signal-to-noise ratio is greater than the signal-to-noise ratio threshold). After that, the terminal determines the location information based on its own location information and the above-mentioned cells that meet the signal-to-noise ratio condition. The ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and the neighboring cells under each signal-to-noise ratio condition, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
可选地,终端测量各邻小区的信号强度、信号质量、信噪比中的至少两项的结果,筛选结果满足条件(阈值)的邻小区,之后,终端依据自身的位置信息以及上述满足条件的邻小区的星历参数,计算终端与各满足条件的邻小区的距离,将距离最短的邻小区,作为目标小区。Optionally, the terminal measures the results of at least two of the signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio of each neighboring cell, and selects neighboring cells whose results meet the conditions (thresholds). After that, the terminal determines the results based on its own location information and the above conditions. The ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells are used to calculate the distance between the terminal and each neighboring cell that meets the conditions, and the neighboring cell with the shortest distance is used as the target cell.
本实施例中,源小区获取邻小区的星历参数和对应的时间提前量有效时段。之后,每一星历参数和对应的时间提前量有效时段作为一组数据,设置于配置信令中,并将配置信令发送至终端。终端接收到配置信令后,获得各邻小区对应的星历参数和时间提前量有效时间,之后首先确定目标小区,之后再基于目标小区的星历参数和时间提前量有效时间,确定目标小区的时间提前量。可选地,具体确定目标小区的时间提前量的实现方式,可参见图11和图12所示实施例中的介绍,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the source cell obtains the ephemeris parameter of the neighboring cell and the corresponding time advance valid period. After that, each ephemeris parameter and the corresponding time advance valid period are set as a set of data in the configuration signaling, and the configuration signaling is sent to the terminal. After receiving the configuration signaling, the terminal obtains the ephemeris parameters and time advance validity time corresponding to each neighboring cell, and then first determines the target cell, and then determines the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters and time advance validity time of the target cell. Time advance amount. Optionally, for a specific implementation method of determining the timing advance of the target cell, please refer to the introduction in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 , which will not be described again here.
本实施例中源小区与终端之间的信令交互过程,可参见图10所示实施例中源小区与终端之间的信令交互过程,此处不再赘述。For the signaling interaction process between the source cell and the terminal in this embodiment, please refer to the signaling interaction process between the source cell and the terminal in the embodiment shown in Figure 10, which will not be described again here.
图22为本申请一个实施例提供的小区切换装置的结构示意图。Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
本申请提供的处理装置应用于终端或者就是终端。如图22所示,本申请提供的小区切换装置300,包括:The processing device provided by this application is applied to a terminal or is a terminal. As shown in Figure 22, the cell switching device 300 provided by this application includes:
接收单元3001,用于接收配置信令;Receiving unit 3001, used to receive configuration signaling;
处理单元3002,用于基于所述配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量;The processing unit 3002 is configured to determine the timing advance of the target cell based on the configuration signaling;
接入单元3003,用于基于目标小区的时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。The access unit 3003 is configured to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
可选地,包括以下至少一项:所述配置信令为无线资源控制重配信令或媒体接入控制层控制单元信令;所述目标小区为非地面小区或地面小区;所述目标小区的时间提前量是基于终端位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项确认。Optionally, it includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling; the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell; the target cell The time advance is determined based on at least one of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中还包括目标小区的物理层参数,可选地,物理层参数包括以下至少一种:物理上行控制信道、物理上行共享信道;物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、部分带宽、同步信令块资源、信道状态信息参考信号资源、随机接入资源、频点信息、目标小区识别码。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell. Optionally, the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
可选地,目标小区可以为地面小或非地面小区。当目标小区为地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为基站、gNB、eNB、BS。相应的,当目标小区为非地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机。Optionally, the target cell may be a small terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell. When the target cell is a terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS. Correspondingly, when the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
可选地,终端的位置信息是经由测量报告中所携带,或者通过终端辅助信息信令提供。Optionally, the location information of the terminal is carried in the measurement report or provided through terminal auxiliary information signaling.
可选地,网络设备可以通过无线资源控制重配信令要求终端通过终端辅助信息上报辅助信息,上述要求包含以下至少一种:期望增加/减少连接态非连续接收(Discontinuous Reception,DRX)长度、过热辅助信息(Overheating assistance information),针对功耗节能(Power saving)偏好(Preference)的非连续接收参数、针对功耗节能偏好的最大聚合带宽、针对功耗节能偏好的第二载波(Secondary Component Sarrier,SCC)数量、针对功耗节能偏好的最大多输入多输出(multiple-input and multiple-output,MIMO)层(Layer)数、针对功耗节能偏好的快载波调度最小调度偏移、偏好的RRC状态、用于测链路(Sidelink)通信配置的授予(Grant)辅助信息、提供参考信息、终端位置信息。Optionally, the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling. The above requirements include at least one of the following: expected to increase/decrease the connection state discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) length, overheating Overheating assistance information, discontinuous reception parameters for power saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power saving preference, Secondary Component Sarrier for power saving preference, SCC) number, the maximum number of multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) layers for power consumption and energy saving preference, the minimum scheduling offset of fast carrier scheduling for power consumption and energy saving preference, and the preferred RRC status , Grant auxiliary information, reference information, and terminal location information used for test link (Sidelink) communication configuration.
在一个示例性的实施例中,所述配置信令中包含有目标小区的时间提前量,处理单元3002,具体用于:通过配置信令获得所述目标小区的时间提前量;所述接入单元3003,具体用于:向目标小区发送无线资源控制重配完成信令来完成小区切换过程。In an exemplary embodiment, the configuration signaling includes the timing advance of the target cell, and the processing unit 3002 is specifically configured to: obtain the timing advance of the target cell through configuration signaling; the access Unit 3003 is specifically configured to: send radio resource control reconfiguration completion signaling to the target cell to complete the cell handover process.
可选地,接入单元3003,具体用于:基于所述目标小区对应的物理层参数,与所述目标小区进行同步;同步成功后,基于所述目标小区的时间提前量,向所述目标小区发送UCI,和/或接收所述目标小区发送的DCI。Optionally, the access unit 3003 is specifically configured to: synchronize with the target cell based on the physical layer parameters corresponding to the target cell; after the synchronization is successful, based on the time advance of the target cell, synchronize to the target cell. The cell sends UCI and/or receives DCI sent by the target cell.
可选地,接入单元3003在同步过程前使用目标小区物理层配置参数并执行于目标小区的同步或终端与目标小区同步后使用目标小区物理层配置参数。Optionally, the access unit 3003 uses the physical layer configuration parameters of the target cell before the synchronization process and performs synchronization of the target cell or uses the physical layer configuration parameters of the target cell after the terminal synchronizes with the target cell.
可选地,还包括以下至少一项:终端的位置信息包括终端的GNSS位置或地心地固坐标系;所述星历参数包括以下至少一项:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、小区对应地球的轨道参数。Optionally, it also includes at least one of the following: the location information of the terminal includes the GNSS position of the terminal or the geocentric fixed coordinate system; the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth. , the cell corresponds to the orbital parameters of the earth.
具体实现方式可参见图6、图7所示实施例中相关介绍,此处不再赘述。For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant introductions in the embodiments shown in Figures 6 and 7, and will not be described again here.
在一个示例性的实施例中,所述配置信令包括邻小区的星历参数,处理单元3002,具体用于:基于所述邻小区的星历参数和终端的位置信息,确定所述目标小区的时间提前量。In an exemplary embodiment, the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells. The processing unit 3002 is specifically configured to: determine the target cell based on the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells and the location information of the terminal. The amount of time advance.
可选地,处理单元3002基于获得的时间提前量差值并进行补偿后,还原终端与目标小区的时间提前量。处理单元3002依据现有与源小区的时间提前量加上获得的时间提前量还原终端与目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the processing unit 3002 restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained timing advance difference. The processing unit 3002 restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing timing advance between the source cell and the obtained timing advance.
可选地,非地面网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机等。非地面网络小区的空间位置,可选地,例如为卫星的实际位置。终端的位置信息包括终端的全球定位导航系统位置或地心地固坐标系。Optionally, non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc. The spatial location of the non-terrestrial network cell, optionally, is the actual location of the satellite, for example. The location information of the terminal includes the global positioning and navigation system position of the terminal or the geocentric fixed coordinate system.
具体实现方式可参见图6、图8所示实施例中相关介绍,此处不再赘述。For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant introductions in the embodiments shown in Figures 6 and 8, and will not be described again here.
在一个示例性的实施例中,所述配置信令中包含有目标小区的时间提前量有效时段。所述处理单元3002,具体用于:根据配置信令,获得目标小区的时间提前量有效时段。接入单元3003,具体用于:根据目标小区的时间提前量有效时段,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。In an exemplary embodiment, the configuration signaling includes a timing advance valid period of the target cell. The processing unit 3002 is specifically configured to obtain the time advance effective period of the target cell according to the configuration signaling. The access unit 3003 is specifically configured to: switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell.
可选地,所述配置信令中包含有目标小区的时间提前量和对应的时间提前量有效时段。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes the timing advance of the target cell and the corresponding timing advance valid period.
可选地,配置信令还包括时间提前量的有效时段;当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于时间的CHO进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻;当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于位置的CHO进行小区切换,或者,指示终端以HO进行小区切换的第二切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括有效区间。Optionally, the configuration signaling also includes the valid period of the time advance; when the configuration signaling includes the first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with time-based CHO, the configuration signaling also includes the first moment. and/or the second moment; when the configuration signaling includes second switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching using location-based CHO, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching using HO, the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval .
可选地,配置信令包含切换信息,处理单元3002在根据配置信令,获得目标小区的时间提前量有效时段时,具体用于:若所述切换信息为第一切换信息,则所述配置信息还包含第一时刻和/或第二时刻,所述第一时刻和/或第二时刻为时间提前量有效时段;若所述切换信息为第二切换信息,则根据validity duration for UL sync information或计时器信息得到时间提前量有效时段。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes handover information. When the processing unit 3002 obtains the time advance valid period of the target cell according to the configuration signaling, it is specifically configured to: if the handover information is the first handover information, the configuration The information also includes the first moment and/or the second moment, and the first moment and/or the second moment are the time advance valid period; if the switching information is the second switching information, according to the validity duration for UL sync information Or the timer information obtains the time advance amount valid period.
可选地,第一时刻以具体的系统时间形式提供,第二时刻以差值的方式提供,具体通过第一时刻加上第二时刻差值以获取第二时刻具体的系统时间。Optionally, the first time is provided in the form of a specific system time, and the second time is provided in the form of a difference. Specifically, the specific system time at the second time is obtained by adding the difference between the first time and the second time.
可选地,接入单元3003在根据目标小区的时间提前量有效时段,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区时,具体用于:获取当前系统时间,若当前系统时间处于目标小区的时间提前量有效时段内,则基于时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区;若当前系统时间处于目标小区的时间提前量有效时段外,则以随机接入方式切换至目标小区。Optionally, when the access unit 3003 switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell, it is specifically used to: obtain the current system time. If the current system time is within the time advance of the target cell, Within the effective period of the time advance, the system switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance; if the current system time is outside the time advance effective period of the target cell, it switches to the target cell in a random access manner.
具体实现方式可参见图10所示实施例中相关介绍,此处不再赘述。For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant introduction in the embodiment shown in Figure 10 and will not be described again here.
在一个示例性的实施例中,配置信令中包含至少一个邻小区的星历参数和对应的时间提前量有效时段,处理单元3002,具体用于:根据邻小区的星历参数和终端的位置信息,确定目标小区的时间提前量。接入单元3003,具体用于:基于当前系统时间和时间提前量有效时段,判断目标小区的时间提前量是否处于有效状态,若处于有效状态,则基于目标小区的时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区;若处于无效状态,则以随机接入方式切换至目标小区。In an exemplary embodiment, the configuration signaling contains the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the corresponding time advance valid period. The processing unit 3002 is specifically configured to: according to the ephemeris parameter of the neighboring cell and the location of the terminal information to determine the time advance of the target cell. The access unit 3003 is specifically configured to: based on the current system time and the time advance valid period, determine whether the time advance of the target cell is in a valid state. If it is in a valid state, based on the time advance of the target cell, there will be no random access. Switch to the target cell in the access mode; if it is in an invalid state, switch to the target cell in the random access mode.
可选地,配置信令中包括至少一个邻小区的星历参数,终端基于邻小区星历参数和/或条件测量参数,确认要执行条件切换的目标小区。可选地,条件测量参数包含以下至少一种:信号强度、信号质量、信噪比。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of at least one neighboring cell, and the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or conditional measurement parameters of the neighboring cells. Optionally, the conditional measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio.
可选地,条件测量参数用于条件切换。Optionally, conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
具体实现方式可参见图12所示实施例中相关介绍,此处不再赘述。For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant introduction in the embodiment shown in Figure 12 and will not be described again here.
本实施例提供的小区切换装置300可以执行如图6-图12任一所示的方法实施例的技术方案,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。The cell switching device 300 provided in this embodiment can execute the technical solutions of the method embodiments shown in any one of Figures 6 to 12. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be described again here.
图23为本申请一个实施例提供的小区切换装置的结构示意图。Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
本申请提供的小区切换装置应用于终端或者就是终端。如图23所示,本申请提供的小区切换装置400,包括:The cell switching device provided by this application is applied to the terminal or is the terminal. As shown in Figure 23, the cell switching device 400 provided by this application includes:
接入单元4001,用于基于预设参数,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。The access unit 4001 is configured to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on preset parameters.
可选地,所述预设参数包括位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项。Optionally, the preset parameters include at least one of location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
可选地,所述目标小区为非地面小区或地面小区。Optionally, the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell.
可选地,接入单元4001,具体用于:基于预设参数确认时间提前量;基于所述时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。Optionally, the access unit 4001 is specifically configured to: confirm the time advance based on preset parameters; and switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance.
可选地,接入单元4001在基于所述时间提前量,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区时,具体用于:基于所述目标小区对应的物理层参数,与所述目标小区进行同步;同步成功后,基于所述目标小区的时间提前量,向所述目标小区发送上行控制信息,和/或接收所述目标小 区发送的下行控制信息;向目标小区发送无线资源控制重配完成信令来完成小区切换过程。Optionally, when the access unit 4001 switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance, it is specifically configured to synchronize with the target cell based on the physical layer parameters corresponding to the target cell. After successful synchronization, send uplink control information to the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell, and/or receive downlink control information sent by the target cell; send a radio resource control reconfiguration completion message to the target cell. command to complete the cell switching process.
可选地,小区切换装置400还包括接收单元4002,用于:接收源小区发送的配置信令;接入单元4001,具体用于:根据配置信令,得到预设参数,基于预设参数,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。Optionally, the cell switching device 400 also includes a receiving unit 4002, configured to: receive configuration signaling sent by the source cell; an access unit 4001, specifically configured to: obtain preset parameters according to the configuration signaling, and based on the preset parameters, Handover to the target cell without random access.
可选地,配置信令中包括目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell.
可选地,配置信令中包括邻小区星历参数和/或源小区星历参数。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or source cell ephemeris parameters.
可选地,预设参数中包括所述邻小区星历参数和/或源小区星历参数,所述邻小区星历参数和/或源小区星历参数由配置信令确定。Optionally, the preset parameters include the neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters, and the neighboring cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters are determined by configuration signaling.
可选地,所述配置信令为无线资源控制重配信令或媒体接入控制层控制单元信令。Optionally, the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中还包括目标小区的物理层参数,可选地,物理层参数包括以下至少一种:物理上行控制信道、物理上行共享信道;物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、部分带宽、同步信令块资源、信道状态信息参考信号资源、随机接入资源、频点信息、目标小区识别码。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell. Optionally, the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
可选地,目标小区可以为地面小区或非地面小区。当目标小区为地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为基站、gNB、eNB、BS。相应的,当目标小区为非地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机。可选地,终端基于获得的时间提前量差值并进行补偿后,还原终端与目标小区的时间提前量。终端依据现有与源小区的时间提前量加上获得的时间提前量还原终端与目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the target cell may be a terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell. When the target cell is a terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS. Correspondingly, when the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone. Optionally, the terminal restores the timing advance between the terminal and the target cell after performing compensation based on the obtained timing advance difference. The terminal restores the time advance between the terminal and the target cell based on the existing time advance between the source cell and the obtained time advance.
可选地,终端的位置信息是经由测量报告中所携带,或者通过终端辅助信息信令提供。Optionally, the location information of the terminal is carried in the measurement report or provided through terminal auxiliary information signaling.
可选地,网络设备可以通过无线资源控制重配信令要求终端通过终端辅助信息上报辅助信息,上述要求包含以下至少一种:期望增加/减少连接态非连续接收长度、过热辅助信息,针对功耗节能偏好的非连续接收参数、针对功耗节能偏好的最大聚合带宽、针对功耗节能偏好的第二载波数量、针对功耗节能偏好的最大多输入多输出层数、针对功耗节能偏好的快载波调度最小调度偏移、偏好的RRC状态、用于测链路通信配置的授予辅助信息、提供参考信息、终端位置信息。Optionally, the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling. The above requirements include at least one of the following: Desiring to increase/decrease the connected state discontinuous reception length, overheating auxiliary information, and power consumption. Discontinuous reception parameters for energy-saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power-saving preference, number of second carriers for power-saving preference, maximum number of multiple-input multiple-output layers for power-saving preference, fast speed for power-saving preference Carrier scheduling minimum scheduling offset, preferred RRC status, grant auxiliary information for test link communication configuration, provision reference information, and terminal location information.
可选地,所述预设参数还包括时间提前量的有效时段。Optionally, the preset parameters also include a valid period of time advance.
可选地,当预设参数包括用于指示终端以基于时间的条件切换进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻。Optionally, when the preset parameters include first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching in a time-based conditional switching, the configuration signaling further includes the first moment and/or the second moment.
可选地,当预设参数包括用于指示终端以基于位置的条件切换进行小区切换,或者,指示终端以切换进行小区切换的第二切换信息时,所述预设参数还包括有效区间。Optionally, when the preset parameters include second handover information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with location-based condition switching, or instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with handover, the preset parameters also include a valid interval.
可选地,时间提前量的有效时段可以通过配置信令确定。Optionally, the valid period of the timing advance can be determined through configuration signaling.
可选地,配置信令中包括时间提前量的有效时段,和/或第一时刻和/或第二时刻,和/或有效区间。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes a valid period of the time advance, and/or the first moment and/or the second moment, and/or the valid interval.
可选地,接入单元4001,具体用于:根据时间提前量的有效时段,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。Optionally, the access unit 4001 is specifically configured to: switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the valid period of the time advance.
本实施例提供的小区切换装置400可以执行如图13或图14所示的方法实施例的技术方案,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。The cell switching device 400 provided in this embodiment can execute the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in Figure 13 or Figure 14. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be described again here.
图24为本申请一个实施例提供的小区切换装置的结构示意图。Figure 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a cell switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
本申请提供的处理装置应用于源小区对应的网络设备或者就是网络设备。如图24所示,本申请提供的小区切换装置500,包括:The processing device provided by this application is applied to the network equipment corresponding to the source cell or the network equipment. As shown in Figure 24, the cell switching device 500 provided by this application includes:
收发单元5001,用于发送配置信令,使终端通过所述配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量,并基于所述目标小区的时间提前量以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。The transceiver unit 5001 is configured to send configuration signaling, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell through the configuration signaling, and switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
可选地,包括以下至少一项:所述配置信令为无线资源控制重配信令或媒体接入控制层控制单元信令;所述目标小区为非地面小区或地面小区;所述目标小区的时间提前量是基于终端位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项确认。Optionally, it includes at least one of the following: the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling or media access control layer control unit signaling; the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell; the target cell The time advance is determined based on at least one of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
可选地,无线资源控制重配信令中还包括目标小区的物理层参数,可选地,物理层参数包括以下至少一种:物理上行控制信道、物理上行共享信道;物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、部分带宽、同步信令块资源、信道状态信息参考信号资源、随机接入资源、频点信息、目标小区识别码。Optionally, the radio resource control reconfiguration signaling also includes physical layer parameters of the target cell. Optionally, the physical layer parameters include at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel; physical downlink control channel, physical downlink Shared channel, partial bandwidth, synchronization signaling block resources, channel state information reference signal resources, random access resources, frequency information, and target cell identification code.
可选地,目标小区可以为地面小或非地面小区。当目标小区为地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为基站、gNB、eNB、BS。相应的,当目标小区为非地面小区时,目标小区对应的网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机。Optionally, the target cell may be a small terrestrial cell or a non-terrestrial cell. When the target cell is a terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell may be a base station, gNB, eNB, or BS. Correspondingly, when the target cell is a non-terrestrial cell, the network equipment corresponding to the target cell can be a satellite, a high-altitude platform, or a drone.
可选地,终端的位置信息是经由测量报告中所携带,或者通过终端辅助信息信令提供。Optionally, the location information of the terminal is carried in the measurement report or provided through terminal auxiliary information signaling.
可选地,网络设备可以通过无线资源控制重配信令要求终端通过终端辅助信息上报辅助信息,上述要求包含以下至少一种:期望增加/减少连接态非连续接收长度、过热辅助信息,针对功耗节能偏好的非连续接收参数、针对功耗节能偏好的最大聚合带宽、针对功耗节能偏好的第二载波数量、针对功耗节能偏好的最大多输入多输出层数、针对功耗节能偏好的快载波调度最小调度偏移、偏好的RRC状态、用于测链路通信配置的授予辅助信息、提供参考信息、终端位置信息。Optionally, the network device can require the terminal to report auxiliary information through the terminal auxiliary information through radio resource control reconfiguration signaling. The above requirements include at least one of the following: Desiring to increase/reduce the connection state discontinuous reception length, overheating auxiliary information, and power consumption. Discontinuous reception parameters for energy-saving preference, maximum aggregate bandwidth for power-saving preference, number of second carriers for power-saving preference, maximum number of multiple-input multiple-output layers for power-saving preference, fast speed for power-saving preference Carrier scheduling minimum scheduling offset, preferred RRC status, grant auxiliary information for test link communication configuration, provision reference information, and terminal location information.
在一个示例性的实施例中,所述配置信令包含目标小区的时间提前量,小区切换装置500还包括处理单元5002,具体用于:基于所述邻小区的星历参数和终端的位置信息,确定所述目标小区的时间提前量。In an exemplary embodiment, the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell, and the cell switching device 500 further includes a processing unit 5002, specifically configured to: based on the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells and the location information of the terminal , determine the time advance of the target cell.
可选地,收发单元5001,还用于:接收终端上报的位置信息;处理单元5002,具体用于:获取邻小区的星历参数,据终端的位置信息和邻小区的星历参数,得到目标小区的时间提前量。Optionally, the transceiver unit 5001 is also used to: receive the location information reported by the terminal; the processing unit 5002 is specifically used to: obtain the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells, and obtain the target according to the location information of the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells. The time advance of the community.
可选地,星历参数包括以下至少一种:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、小区对应地球的轨道参数。可选地,非地面网络设备可以为卫星、高空平台、无人机等。非地面网络小区的空间位置,可选地,例如为卫星的实际位置。终端的位置信息包括终端的全球定位导航系统位置或地心地固坐标系。Optionally, the ephemeris parameter includes at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameters of the cell corresponding to the earth. Optionally, non-terrestrial network equipment can be satellites, high-altitude platforms, drones, etc. The spatial location of the non-terrestrial network cell, optionally, is the actual location of the satellite, for example. The location information of the terminal includes the global positioning and navigation system position of the terminal or the geocentric fixed coordinate system.
可选地,收发单元5001,还用于:向目标小区发送SN status transfer信令。可选地,SN status transfer信令中包含分组数据汇聚协议序列号(PDCP sequence number),使目标小区得到源小区的数据传输情况,从而在终端切换至目标小区后,继续传输未完成的数据。具体实现方式可参见图15所示实施例中相关介绍,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the transceiver unit 5001 is also used to send SN status transfer signaling to the target cell. Optionally, the SN status transfer signaling contains the packet data convergence protocol sequence number (PDCP sequence number), so that the target cell can obtain the data transmission status of the source cell, so that after the terminal switches to the target cell, it can continue to transmit unfinished data. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant introduction in the embodiment shown in Figure 15 and will not be described again here.
在一个示例性的实施例中,收发单元5001,还用于:接收终端上报的位置信息和获取邻小区的星历参数;处理单元5002,具体用于:根据终端的位置信息和邻小区的星历参数确定第一时间提前量;根据第一时间提前量和源小区的时间提前量,确定差值时间提前量。收发单元5001,具体用于:向终端发送配置信令,配置信令中包含差值时间提前量,使终端基于差值时间提前量确定目标小区的时间提前量,并基于目标小区的时间提前量以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。In an exemplary embodiment, the transceiver unit 5001 is also configured to: receive the location information reported by the terminal and obtain the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells; the processing unit 5002 is specifically configured to: based on the location information of the terminal and the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells. The first time advance is determined based on the historical parameters; the difference time advance is determined based on the first time advance and the time advance of the source cell. The transceiver unit 5001 is specifically used to: send configuration signaling to the terminal. The configuration signaling contains the difference time advance, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell based on the difference time advance, and determines the time advance of the target cell based on the difference time advance. Handover to the target cell without random access.
具体实现方式可参见图17所示实施例中相关介绍,此处不再赘述。For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant introduction in the embodiment shown in Figure 17 and will not be described again here.
在一个示例性的实施例中,收发单元5001,还用于:获取邻小区的星历参数;向终端发送配置信令,配置信令中包含邻小区的星历参数,使终端通过所述配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量,并基于所述目标小区的时间提前量以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。In an exemplary embodiment, the transceiver unit 5001 is also configured to: obtain the ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells; send configuration signaling to the terminal, where the configuration signaling contains the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells, so that the terminal can pass the configuration The signaling determines the time advance of the target cell, and switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
可选地,配置信令为无线资源控制重配信令,无线资源控制重配信令中包括至少一个邻小区的星历参数,终端基于邻小区星历参数和/或条件测量参数,确认要执行条件切换的目标小区终端。Optionally, the configuration signaling is radio resource control reconfiguration signaling. The radio resource control reconfiguration signaling includes the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell. The terminal confirms the conditions to be executed based on the ephemeris parameter of the neighboring cell and/or the condition measurement parameter. The target cell terminal for handover.
可选地,条件测量参数包含以下至少一种:信号强度、信号质量、信噪比。Optionally, the conditional measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio.
可选地,条件测量参数用于条件切换。Optionally, conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
具体实现方式可参见图18所示实施例中相关介绍,此处不再赘述。For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant introduction in the embodiment shown in Figure 18 and will not be described again here.
在一个示例性的实施例中,收发单元5001,还用于:获取至少一个邻小区的星历参数和终端的位置信息;处理单元5002,还用于:根据至少一个邻小区的星历参数和终端的位置信息,确定目标小区;收发单元5001,具体用于:向终端发送配置信令,配置信令中包目标小区的星历参数,使终端通过所述配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量,并基于所述目标小区的时间提前量以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。In an exemplary embodiment, the transceiver unit 5001 is further configured to: obtain the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the location information of the terminal; the processing unit 5002 is further configured to: obtain the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the location information of the terminal. The location information of the terminal is used to determine the target cell; the transceiver unit 5001 is specifically used to: send configuration signaling to the terminal, and include the ephemeris parameters of the target cell in the configuration signaling, so that the terminal can determine the target cell in advance through the configuration signaling. amount, and switches to the target cell in a non-random access manner based on the time advance of the target cell.
具体实现方式可参见图19所示实施例中相关介绍,此处不再赘述。For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant introduction in the embodiment shown in Figure 19, and will not be described again here.
在一个示例性的实施例中,收发单元5001,具体用于:获取目标小区的时间提前量有效时段;发送配置信令,配置信令中包括目标小区的时间提前量和对应的有效时段,以使终端根据目标小区的时间提前量有效时段,以无随机接入方式切换至目标小区。In an exemplary embodiment, the transceiver unit 5001 is specifically configured to: obtain the time advance effective period of the target cell; send configuration signaling, where the configuration signaling includes the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding effective period, so as to The terminal is allowed to switch to the target cell in a non-random access manner according to the time advance effective period of the target cell.
可选地,当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于时间的CHO进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻;当配置信令包括第二切换信息时所述配置信令包括有效区间。可选地,第二切换信息为条件切换(即源小区以基于位置的CHO方式指示终端进行小区切换)时,或者,所述第二切换信息为一般切换(即源小区以HO方式指示终端进行小区切换)时,配置信令还包括有效区间。示例性地,第一时刻表征所述目标小区的时间提前量的有效时段的起始时刻;所述第二时刻表征所述目标小区的时间提前量的有效时段的结束时刻。Optionally, when the configuration signaling includes the first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with time-based CHO, the configuration signaling also includes the first moment and/or the second moment; when the configuration signaling includes In the second switching information, the configuration signaling includes a valid interval. Optionally, the second handover information is a conditional handover (i.e., the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in a location-based CHO mode), or the second handover information is a general handover (i.e., the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in a HO mode). During cell handover), the configuration signaling also includes the valid interval. For example, the first moment represents the starting moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell; the second moment represents the end moment of the valid period of the timing advance of the target cell.
可选地,第一时刻以具体的系统时间形式提供,第二时刻以差值的方式提供,具体通过第一时刻加上第二时刻差值以获取第二时刻具体的系统时间。Optionally, the first time is provided in the form of a specific system time, and the second time is provided in the form of a difference. Specifically, the specific system time at the second time is obtained by adding the difference between the first time and the second time.
可选地,配置信令可以为源小区发送给终端的无线资源控制重配信令。若源小区以Timer-based CHO方式指示终端进行小区切换,则配置信令包括第一切换信息、第一时刻和/或第二时刻,通过第一时刻和/或第二时刻来指示时间提前量有效时段。Optionally, the configuration signaling may be radio resource control reconfiguration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal. If the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in the Timer-based CHO mode, the configuration signaling includes the first switching information, the first moment and/or the second moment, and the time advance is indicated by the first moment and/or the second moment. Valid period.
可选地,若源小区以Location-based CHO方式指示终端进行小区切换,则配置信令还包括新引入的计时器,指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段。另一种可能的实现方式中,指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段以validity duration for UL sync information信息来指示。若源小区以HO方式指示终端进行小区切换,则配置信令还包括新引入的计时器,指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段。另一种可能的实现方式中,指示目标小区的时间提前量有效时段以validity duration for UL sync information信息来指示。可选地,新引入的计时器或validity duration for UL sync information位于目标小区系统消息中。可选地,目标小区系统消息可以是非地面网路特定系统消息(NTN specific system information),例如但不限于:系统消息19(SIB19)。Optionally, if the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell switching in the Location-based CHO mode, the configuration signaling also includes a newly introduced timer to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell. In another possible implementation, the time advance validity period indicating the target cell is indicated by validity duration for UL sync information. If the source cell instructs the terminal to perform cell handover in HO mode, the configuration signaling also includes a newly introduced timer to indicate the time advance valid period of the target cell. In another possible implementation, the time advance validity period indicating the target cell is indicated by validity duration for UL sync information. Optionally, the newly introduced timer or validity duration for UL sync information is located in the target cell system message. Optionally, the target cell system information may be non-terrestrial network specific system information (NTN specific system information), such as but not limited to: system message 19 (SIB19).
可选地,配置信令中还包括目标小区的时间提前量,源小区向终端发送的配置信令中,包括目标小区的时间提前量和对应的时间提前量有效时段。Optionally, the configuration signaling also includes the time advance of the target cell, and the configuration signaling sent by the source cell to the terminal includes the time advance of the target cell and the corresponding time advance valid period.
具体实现方式可参见图20所示实施例中相关介绍,此处不再赘述。For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant introduction in the embodiment shown in Figure 20 and will not be described again here.
在一个示例性的实施例中,收发单元5001,具体用于:获取至少一个邻小区的星历参数和各邻小区对应的时间提前量有效时段;向终端发送配置信令,配置信令中包含邻小区的星历参数和对应的时间提前量有效时段。In an exemplary embodiment, the transceiver unit 5001 is specifically configured to: obtain the ephemeris parameter of at least one neighboring cell and the time advance valid period corresponding to each neighboring cell; and send configuration signaling to the terminal, where the configuration signaling contains The ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells and the corresponding time advance effective period.
可选地,配置信令中包括至少一个邻小区的星历参数和/或条件测量参数,终端基于邻小区星历参数和/或条件测量参数,确认要执行条件切换的目标小区。Optionally, the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters and/or condition measurement parameters of at least one neighboring cell, and the terminal confirms the target cell to perform conditional handover based on the ephemeris parameters and/or condition measurement parameters of the neighboring cell.
条件测量参数包含以下至少一种:信号强度、信号质量、信噪比。The conditional measurement parameters include at least one of the following: signal strength, signal quality, and signal-to-noise ratio.
可选地,条件测量参数用于条件切换。Optionally, conditional measurement parameters are used for conditional switching.
具体实现方式可参见图21所示实施例中相关介绍,此处不再赘述。For specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant introduction in the embodiment shown in Figure 21 and will not be described again here.
本实施例提供的小区切换装置400可以执行如图15-图21任一所示的方法实施例的技术方案,其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。The cell switching device 400 provided in this embodiment can execute the technical solutions of the method embodiments shown in any one of Figures 15 to 21. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be described again here.
图25为本申请一示例性实施例示出的通信设备的结构图。Figure 25 is a structural diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
如图25所示,本实施例提供的通信设备600包括:As shown in Figure 25, the communication device 600 provided in this embodiment includes:
存储器6001; memory 6001;
处理器6002;以及, Processor 6002; and,
计算机程序。Computer program.
可选地,所述计算机程序存储在所述存储器6001中,并配置为由所述处理器6002执行以实现如上述任一项所示实施例示出的小区切换方法。Optionally, the computer program is stored in the memory 6001 and configured to be executed by the processor 6002 to implement the cell switching method shown in any of the above embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一实施例中的小区切换方法的步骤。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium. A computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the cell switching method in any of the above embodiments are implemented.
在本申请提供的移动终端、通信设备和计算机可读存储介质的实施例中,可以包含任一上述小区切换方法实施例的全部技术特征,说明书拓展和解释内容与上述方法的各实施例基本相同,在此不再做赘述。In the embodiments of mobile terminals, communication devices and computer-readable storage media provided by this application, all technical features of any of the above-mentioned cell handover method embodiments can be included. The expansion and explanation content of the description is basically the same as that of each embodiment of the above-mentioned method. , which will not be described in detail here.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码,当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上各种可能的实施方式中的方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product. The computer program product includes computer program code. When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the methods in the above various possible implementations.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,包括存储器和处理器,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有芯片的设备执行如上各种可能的实施方式中的方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a chip, which includes a memory and a processor. The memory is used to store a computer program. The processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device equipped with the chip executes the above various possible implementations. Methods.
可以理解,上述场景仅是作为示例,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的应用场景的限定,本申请的技术方案还可应用于其他场景。例如,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着系统架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。It can be understood that the above scenarios are only examples and do not constitute a limitation on the application scenarios of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. The technical solutions of the present application can also be applied to other scenarios. For example, those of ordinary skill in the art know that with the evolution of system architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他 可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘solid state disk,SSD)等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. A computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, e.g., computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wired link (e.g. Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means to transmit to another website site, computer, server or data center. Computer-readable storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or other integrated media that contains one or more available media. Available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk, SSD), etc.
上述本申请实施例序号仅仅为了描述,不代表实施例的优劣。The above serial numbers of the embodiments of the present application are only for description and do not represent the advantages or disadvantages of the embodiments.
在本申请中,对于相同或相似的术语概念、技术方案和/或应用场景描述,一般只在第一次出现时进行详细描述,后面再重复出现时,为了简洁,一般未再重复阐述,在理解本申请技术方案等内容时,对于在后未详细描述的相同或相似的术语概念、技术方案和/或应用场景描述等,可以参考其之前的相关详细描述。In this application, the same or similar terms, concepts, technical solutions and/or application scenario descriptions are generally only described in detail the first time they appear. When they appear again later, for the sake of simplicity, they are generally not described again. When understanding the technical solutions and other content of this application, for the same or similar term concepts, technical solutions and/or application scenario descriptions that are not described in detail later, you can refer to the relevant previous detailed descriptions.
在本申请中,对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重,某个实施例中没有详述或记载的部分,可以参见其它实施例的相关描述。In this application, each embodiment is described with its own emphasis. For parts that are not detailed or recorded in a certain embodiment, please refer to the relevant descriptions of other embodiments.
本申请技术方案的各技术特征可以进行任意的组合,为使描述简洁,未对上述实施例中的各个技术特征所有可能的组合都进行描述,然而,只要这些技术特征的组合不存在矛盾,都应当认为是本申请记载的范围。The technical features of the technical solution of the present application can be combined in any way. In order to simplify the description, all possible combinations of the technical features in the above embodiments are not described. However, as long as there is no contradiction in the combination of these technical features, all possible combinations can be used. It should be considered to be within the scope of description in this application.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在如上的一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,被控终端,或者网络设备等)执行本申请每个实施例的方法。Through the above description of the embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or that contributes to the existing technology. The computer software product is stored in one of the above storage media (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disc, optical disk), including several instructions to cause a terminal device (which can be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, a controlled terminal, or a network device, etc.) to execute the method of each embodiment of the present application.
以上仅为本申请的优选实施例,并非因此限制本申请的专利范围,凡是利用本申请说明书及附图内容所作的等效结构或等效流程变换,或直接或间接运用在其他相关的技术领域,均同理包括在本申请的专利保护范围内。The above are only preferred embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the patent scope of the present application. Any equivalent structure or equivalent process transformation made using the contents of the description and drawings of the present application may be directly or indirectly used in other related technical fields. , are all equally included in the patent protection scope of this application.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种小区切换方法,其中,包括以下步骤:A cell switching method, which includes the following steps:
    S1:基于配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量;S1: Determine the time advance of the target cell based on configuration signaling;
    S2:基于所述时间提前量,与目标小区建立无随机接入。S2: Based on the time advance, establish non-random access with the target cell.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 1, comprising at least one of the following:
    所述配置信令为无线资源控制重配或媒体接入控制层控制单元;The configuration signaling is a radio resource control reconfiguration or a media access control layer control unit;
    所述目标小区为非地面小区或地面小区;The target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell;
    所述目标小区的时间提前量是基于终端位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项确认。The time advance of the target cell is confirmed based on at least one of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述配置信令包括邻小区的星历参数,所述S1步骤,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the configuration signaling includes ephemeris parameters of neighboring cells, and the step S1 includes:
    基于所述星历参数和位置信息,确定所述时间提前量。The time advance is determined based on the ephemeris parameters and position information.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述S2步骤,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein step S2 includes:
    与所述目标小区进行同步;Synchronize with the target cell;
    同步成功后,基于所述目标小区的时间提前量和/或目标小区物理层参数,向所述目标小区发送上行控制信息,和/或接收所述目标小区发送的下行控制信息。After successful synchronization, uplink control information is sent to the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell and/or physical layer parameters of the target cell, and/or downlink control information sent by the target cell is received.
  5. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其中,还包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising at least one of the following:
    所述配置信令还包括时间提前量的有效时段;The configuration signaling also includes a valid period of time advance;
    当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于时间的条件切换进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻;When the configuration signaling includes first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with time-based conditional switching, the configuration signaling also includes the first moment and/or the second moment;
    当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于位置的条件切换进行小区切换,或者,指示终端以切换进行小区切换的第二切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括有效区间。When the configuration signaling includes second handover information used to instruct the terminal to perform cell handover with location-based condition handover, or instructs the terminal to perform cell handover with handover, the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval.
  6. 一种小区切换方法,其中,所述方法包括以下步骤:A cell switching method, wherein the method includes the following steps:
    S10:基于预设参数,与目标小区建立无随机接入。S10: Based on the preset parameters, establish non-random access with the target cell.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 6, comprising at least one of the following:
    所述预设参数包括位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项;The preset parameters include at least one of location information, neighbor cell ephemeris parameters and source cell ephemeris parameters;
    所述目标小区为非地面小区或地面小区。The target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述邻小区星历参数和/或源小区星历参数由配置信令确定。The method according to claim 7, wherein the neighbor cell ephemeris parameters and/or the source cell ephemeris parameters are determined by configuration signaling.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,还包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 8, further comprising at least one of the following:
    所述配置信令还包括时间提前量的有效时段;The configuration signaling also includes a valid period of time advance;
    当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于时间的条件切换进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻;When the configuration signaling includes first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with time-based conditional switching, the configuration signaling also includes the first moment and/or the second moment;
    当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于位置的条件切换进行小区切换,或者,指示终端以切换进行小区切换的第二切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括有效区间。When the configuration signaling includes second handover information used to instruct the terminal to perform cell handover with location-based condition handover, or instructs the terminal to perform cell handover with handover, the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval.
  10. 根据权利要求6至9中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述S10步骤,包括:The method according to any one of claims 6 to 9, wherein step S10 includes:
    基于预设参数确认时间提前量,基于所述时间提前量,与目标小区建立无随机接入。The time advance is confirmed based on the preset parameters, and non-random access is established with the target cell based on the time advance.
  11. 根据权利要求6至9中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述与目标小区建立无随机接入,包括:The method according to any one of claims 6 to 9, wherein establishing non-random access with the target cell includes:
    与所述目标小区进行同步;Synchronize with the target cell;
    同步成功后,基于所述目标小区的时间提前量和/或目标小区物理层参数,向所述目标小 区发送上行控制信息,和/或接收所述目标小区发送的下行控制信息。After successful synchronization, uplink control information is sent to the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell and/or physical layer parameters of the target cell, and/or downlink control information sent by the target cell is received.
  12. 一种小区切换方法,其中,所述方法包括:A cell switching method, wherein the method includes:
    发送配置信令,使终端通过所述配置信令确定目标小区的时间提前量,并基于所述目标小区的时间提前量与目标小区建立无随机接入。Send configuration signaling, so that the terminal determines the time advance of the target cell through the configuration signaling, and establishes non-random access with the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 12, comprising at least one of the following:
    所述配置信令为无线资源控制重配或媒体接入控制层控制单元;The configuration signaling is a radio resource control reconfiguration or a media access control layer control unit;
    所述目标小区为非地面小区或地面小区;The target cell is a non-terrestrial cell or a terrestrial cell;
    所述目标小区的时间提前量是基于终端位置信息、邻小区星历参数及源小区星历参数中的至少一项确认。The time advance of the target cell is confirmed based on at least one of terminal location information, neighboring cell ephemeris parameters, and source cell ephemeris parameters.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述配置信令包含目标小区的时间提前量,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the configuration signaling includes a time advance of the target cell, the method further comprising:
    基于所述邻小区的星历参数和终端的位置信息,确定所述目标小区的时间提前量。Based on the ephemeris parameters of the neighboring cells and the location information of the terminal, the time advance of the target cell is determined.
  15. 根据权利要求12至14中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述基于目标小区的时间提前量,与目标小区建立无随机接入,包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein establishing non-random access with the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell includes:
    使所述终端与所述目标小区进行同步;Synchronize the terminal with the target cell;
    同步成功后,基于所述目标小区的时间提前量和/或目标小区物理层参数,向所述目标小区发送上行控制信息,和/或接收所述目标小区发送的下行控制信息。After successful synchronization, uplink control information is sent to the target cell based on the time advance of the target cell and/or physical layer parameters of the target cell, and/or downlink control information sent by the target cell is received.
  16. 根据权利要12至14中任一项所述的方法,其中,还包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, further comprising at least one of the following:
    终端的位置信息包括终端的全球导航卫星系统位置;The location information of the terminal includes the global navigation satellite system location of the terminal;
    所述星历参数包括以下至少一项:小区对应地球的空间位置、小区对应地球的速度、小区对应地球的轨道参数。The ephemeris parameters include at least one of the following: the spatial position of the cell corresponding to the earth, the speed of the cell corresponding to the earth, and the orbital parameters of the cell corresponding to the earth.
  17. 根据权利要求12至14中任一项所述的方法,其中,还包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, further comprising at least one of the following:
    所述配置信令还包括时间提前量的有效时段;The configuration signaling also includes a valid period of time advance;
    当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于时间的条件切换进行小区切换的第一切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括第一时刻和/或第二时刻;When the configuration signaling includes first switching information for instructing the terminal to perform cell switching with time-based conditional switching, the configuration signaling also includes the first moment and/or the second moment;
    当配置信令包括用于指示终端以基于位置的条件切换进行小区切换,或者,指示终端以切换进行小区切换的第二切换信息时,所述配置信令还包括有效区间。When the configuration signaling includes second handover information used to instruct the terminal to perform cell handover with location-based condition handover, or instructs the terminal to perform cell handover with handover, the configuration signaling also includes a valid interval.
  18. 一种通信设备,其中,包括:存储器、处理器,其中,所述存储器上存储有小区切换程序,所述小区切换程序被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至17中任一项所述的小区切换方法的步骤。A communication device, which includes: a memory and a processor, wherein a cell switching program is stored on the memory, and when the cell switching program is executed by the processor, the cell switching program implements the method according to any one of claims 1 to 17. The steps of the cell handover method described above.
  19. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其中,所述存储介质上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1或6或12所述的小区切换方法的步骤。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein a computer program is stored on the storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the cell switching method as claimed in claim 1, 6, or 12 are implemented.
  20. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现权利要求1或6或12所述的小区切换方法。A computer program product, including a computer program, which implements the cell switching method described in claim 1, 6, or 12 when executed by a processor.
PCT/CN2022/105287 2022-07-12 2022-07-12 Cell handover method, communication device and storage medium WO2024011428A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/105287 WO2024011428A1 (en) 2022-07-12 2022-07-12 Cell handover method, communication device and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/105287 WO2024011428A1 (en) 2022-07-12 2022-07-12 Cell handover method, communication device and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024011428A1 true WO2024011428A1 (en) 2024-01-18

Family

ID=89535280

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/105287 WO2024011428A1 (en) 2022-07-12 2022-07-12 Cell handover method, communication device and storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024011428A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107872856A (en) * 2016-09-28 2018-04-03 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of method and device for reducing handover delay
CN110784895A (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-11 夏普株式会社 Method performed by user equipment and user equipment
CN110945936A (en) * 2017-05-04 2020-03-31 弗劳恩霍夫应用研究促进协会 UE group, UE group manager UE and UE group member UE
CN113747460A (en) * 2020-05-30 2021-12-03 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN114071609A (en) * 2020-08-06 2022-02-18 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method and equipment for changing service entity

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107872856A (en) * 2016-09-28 2018-04-03 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of method and device for reducing handover delay
CN110945936A (en) * 2017-05-04 2020-03-31 弗劳恩霍夫应用研究促进协会 UE group, UE group manager UE and UE group member UE
CN110784895A (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-11 夏普株式会社 Method performed by user equipment and user equipment
CN113747460A (en) * 2020-05-30 2021-12-03 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN114071609A (en) * 2020-08-06 2022-02-18 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method and equipment for changing service entity

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7101862B2 (en) Random access method, terminals and network devices
WO2020140935A1 (en) Information reporting method and terminal
WO2020063212A1 (en) Method for transmitting beam failure recovery request, terminal device, and network device
US20210329443A1 (en) Positioning method and terminal
WO2020134358A1 (en) Beam failure processing method and related device
US11729680B2 (en) Cell management method, trigger condition configuration method, terminal device, and network-side device
WO2017080378A1 (en) Method implementing licensed-assisted access, network equipment, and terminal equipment
US11503514B2 (en) Measurement method, measurement configuration method, user equipment and network device
US11502737B2 (en) Beam failure recovery method in multi-carrier system and apparatus
KR20220137069A (en) Positioning method, terminal and network equipment
US20220377586A1 (en) Beam failure recovery method, terminal, and network device
WO2020156436A1 (en) Measurement method, terminal, measurement indication method, and network side device
US20220248244A1 (en) Measurement processing method, indication information sending method, terminal, and network device
WO2018082435A1 (en) Terminal device mobility processing method, terminal device and base station
WO2019095088A1 (en) Method and device for switching
CN110167041B (en) Beam failure recovery request sending method and user equipment
US20230134028A1 (en) METHOD AND APPARATUS OF POSITIONING BETWEEN UEs, COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND STORAGE MEDIUM
WO2023221794A1 (en) Control method, communication device, and storage medium
JP2022554221A (en) Information transmission method and equipment
WO2021109954A1 (en) Beam failure recovery method, terminal, and network side device
US11690122B2 (en) Connection re-establishment method and related device
US20230009059A1 (en) Communication processing method and device, and computer storage medium
WO2019242678A1 (en) Measuring method and terminal
WO2024011428A1 (en) Cell handover method, communication device and storage medium
US11503574B2 (en) Information interaction method and terminal

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22950558

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1